Home

P.52B-386 - Evo X Service Manuals

1. IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH IG1 LINK 4 Lu E IH I TT2 3 4 n spopou 12 jug c 317 6 1 c 309 2 ETACS ECU Y IG1 EN RELAY ON OFF 09 7 5A 7 F 2 0 313 1ra sey di 91101111213141516 e ac gt 18 5 JOINT CONNECTOR 4 0 43 0 27 TT O 3 415 3 5 61118191101 7 3 T o 115 x 311320 30413536131138 300114214314445 46 D 47 48 49 b0 51 52 53 b4 5 56 7 58 b9 60 6 1 62 61 62 0 36 E SRS ECU Y POWER SUPPLY GND V 17 6 37 BI x 0 Q 1T213 TS Te 7 8 T9 10112 a 13415161718197201210203 4 a 7 o W8G52M041A Connector s C 36 C 37 __ Connectors C 309 C 313 C 317 E Nc Junction block nin BE C 309 B C 37 Y 7 097 ACT08951BY C 313 BR AC708972AN TSB Revision 52B 360 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS CIRCUIT OPERATION SRS AIR BAG D
2. ON CAN DRIVE CIRCUIT INTERFACE CIRCUIT 7 301 6 7 5 C 317 121131415161171811920011222304 ec l 5 213 1 a3 Luce gt lt 6 19 JOINT CONNECTOR CAN1 C 105 T 2 3 4 5 L 6 7 8 9 101 1 SE 12131411516171811920 21 222324 21 8 3 14 n Lu gt 2 22 5 16 15 SRS ECU 14 15 2 C 37 T T T i 3 3 GND MME z 222324 17 CAN TRANSCEIVER B CIRCUIT SRS 5 R 5 ea LED DRIVE CIRCUIT CPU COMBINATION METER 0 04 13114115 1711819120 21 22 23 24 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 363 Connector C 04 Connector C 37 AC708950AR 09 7 ACTOB951AC AC708972BF CIRCUIT OPERATION e As a cause the failure of CAN bus line combina edi E tion meter or SRS ECU is suspected e The SRS warning light illuminates when the igni tion switch is turned to the ON position and goes out after approximately seven seconds if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS there is not a malfunction in the SRS system Damaged wiri
3. IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH IG1 LINK G LLI Heera n spopou 12 jug c 317 6 1 c 309 LL ETACS ECU Y IG1 E DONOR RELAY ONT OFF 9 9 7 5 7 5 Qo 2 0 313 HIZT3HTEHTSTST m ch ahora era e a d JOINT CONNECTOR 5 JOINT CONNECTOR 4 C 43 uU 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 61718910 hdi T SERRA 7 ie risponomim E D a 3713233134353637138 900140253040546 474849505 1152 53 54 55 56 5 7 58 59 60 6 162 NS Ju SRS ECU SUPPLY 17 0 37 s 0 9 1 2 3 4 5 e 7 8 9 1011112 a 13145161171819202102034 m o Connector s C 36 C 37 an C 37 Yj C 36 Y 708951 W8G52M041A Connector C 313 Junction block AC708972AH TSB Revision A CAUTION SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 261 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B212C Fuse No 12 or B212D Fuse No 18 This code is set when an open circuit occurs in the is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN power supply circuit to the SRS ECU terminal main bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION No 61 or in the power supply circuit to the SRS ECU terminal No 62 Also if the code No B212C and B212D are set at the same time the battery voltage e The SRS ECU is powered from the ignition may have dropped Therefo
4. NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB W8G52M032A J ACT08951AE CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION If DTC B1B09 1st squib gt or B1BOD 2nd squib gt e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN by detecting signals from the front impact sensors main bus line and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module to inflate the air bag TSB Revision 52B 78 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance e Damaged harness wires and connectors between the input terminals of the passenger s e Short to the power supply in the passenger s front air bag module squib front air bag module squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool 1 Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication
5. Passenger s seat belt warning light cud A I E 9 Passenger s air bag OFF indicator light SRS ECU Knee air bag module Seat belt 2 gt s AST pre tensioner f Curtain air bag module ra Aye o Occupant classification ECU Seat slide sensor Seat belt pre tensioner Front impact sensor AC708198AC NOTE This construction diagram shows the general view of the SRS components For details refer to Schematic P 52B 9 Configuration Diagrams P 52B 12 and Circuit Diagram P 52B 14 TSB Revision 52B 6 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING CAUTION LABELS A number of caution labels related to the SRS are found in the vehicle as shown in the following illustrations Follow label instructions when servicing SRS The label is not to be removed except by owner If the other labels are dirty or damaged replace them Passenger s front Driver s air bag module Clock spring air bag module n a g AC705080 SRS ECU Knee air bag module E 78 17777772 X T3 o i in 2 AC608596 AC506231 AC608592 Seat belt with pre tensioner Side airbag modul
6. 4714814915015 1 52 53 54 55 56 5 7 58 59160 6 1 62 SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER LH KNEE AIR BAG SEAT BELT MODULE SQUIB LH PRE TENSIONER RH 6 39 0 40 W8G52M050A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 17 GENERAL INFORMATION SIDE IMPACT rho ACCELERO D 26 METER 1 EU 2 1 a NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH S CONNECTOR COUPLED ON amp CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF _ 50 49 SRS ECU C 36 a Z ga 81 32 33134135 36137 38 3940 41 82 4344 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH F 28 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH us W8G52M051A TSB Revision 52B 18 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION SIDE IMPACT aH ACCELERO D 41 METER I E CPU CD 2 1 x LLI 2 a eau Z 22 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF 51 52 SRS ECU 6 36 a 3113233134135363113813910104114203 41148 4 01 1 2163 4 5 65758 9 39
7. SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH SEAT BELT WARNING oe TONE ALARM SIDE D 37 E ts af 5 e 55 0 56 57 SRS ECU l 11 m 115 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 Oo W8G52M036A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 165 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 N he AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1B54 B1B55 or B1B56 are set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU determines whether the seat belt is fastened or not according to the connection location of the seat belt switch in the seat buckle Connector D 37 AC708954 AC DTC SET CONDITIONS DTC is set when the resistance between input termi nals of the seat belt switch in the SRS ECU is with out the standard value TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Malfunction of the seat belt switch e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools e MB991222 Probe MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 166 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS
8. C 301fg 1 5 C 317 1213141151617181900 2102234 n m is 1 2 3 4 m a ex 12 31415 E E 6 19 JOINT CONNECTOR 1 C 105 1121314 5 1 6 7 8 9 101 1 SE 12131411516171811920 21 222324 21 8 3 14 n ce 16 15 SRS ECU 14 15 2 7N 7N A tet 8 3 i GND ME N 22123 24 17 CAN TRANSCEIVER o CIRCUIT SRS 5 R 5 ea LED DRIVE CIRCUIT CPU COMBINATION METER 6 04 L n D n 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 1011112 13 14 15 16 1 7 18 1 9 20 21 22 23 24 W8G52M048A e SRS ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to the combination meter via the CAN communica CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS warning light illuminates when the igni tion tion switch is turned to the ON position and e As a cause the failure of CAN bus line combina goes out after approximately seven seconds if tion meter or SRS ECU is suspected there is not a malfunction in the SRS system TSB Revision 52B 366 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harness and connectors MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS e Combination meter malfunction e Malfunction of SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1
9. Short spring re AC5073 4 mm 0 16 inch or mo D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view C 36 Harness side connector front view 61454430 ae 89138 87 86135 8483 82 31 251 2161605 14655 5453 AC608812FP SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector and the D 15 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 15 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness N CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 41 42 and the short spring to release the short spring A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal
10. AC709086AB Passenger s front air bag Passenger s front air bag module removal steps installation steps Continued lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative 4 battery cable 2 Passengers front air bag module Instrument Panel Assembly Refer Instrument Panel Assembly Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P 52A 2 Assembly P 52A 2 lt lt B gt gt 2 Passenger s front air bag module 1 Negative battery cable Passenger s front air bag gt gt B lt lt Postinstallation inspection installation steps NOTE The illustration above shows instrument 1 Negative 3 battery cable panel back side gt gt A lt lt Pre installation inspection Required Special Tools MB991827 M U T IIl USB Cable e MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Inter face V C l TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 395 PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 N WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the termin
11. MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 58 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 59 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector Driver s air bag module Connector 4 pin yellow 1 Lower column dn MB991866 Resistor harness Horn connector MB991865 Dummy resistor 3Q C 204 Air bag module connector AC306758 AY STEP 3 Check the driver s air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Slide the outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector C 204 in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened
12. 6216160595857 AC608813BG TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking CN button ee 9 Flat tipped Screwdriver AC609834AB D 10 Intermediate connector module side Short spring ce tie c 22 AC700119 AJ D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view n Q Q Q AC608813BP 52B 151 STEP 5 Voltage measurement at the D 10 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 04 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module RH F 04 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 10 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring
13. 6216160595857 AC608812GX Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness between the C 36 harness side connector terminal No 39 40 and the D 10 intermediate connector floor harness side terminal No 2 1 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator X4 Locking Ka button 9 Flat tipped screwdriver 609834 D 10 Intermediate connector module side Short spring NEUE An tie 2 lt 22 mm or more AC700119AJ MB991884 F 04 Harness side connector AC201287EK D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view Resistor harness connector AC608812GY 52B 157 STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the D 10 intermediate connector terminal No 1 2 and the F 04 curtain air bag module harness side connector terminal No 1 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 04 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module RH F 04 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconne
14. Instrument panel ANE NA gt PC lock disconnect the connector 2 pin are NOTE If the knee air bag module connector is disconnected from the instrument panel wiring harness side connector both electrodes of the knee air bag module connector will be NAN automatically shorted to prevent unintended deployment of ike tipped the knee air bag module due to static electricity etc screwdriver Ae AC609126 AD 5 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulation tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the curtain air bag module Connection gt Deployment wires m 20 ft or longer AC103480AL 6 Connect the special tool MB991885 to the inflator and then pull out the deployment wire to outside the vehicle c 24 i AC609127AB TSB Revision 52B 422 Deployment wire 6 m 20ft or longer SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES A WARNING e glass is scratched air bag deployment could cause it to crack and fly out of the vehicle so always put a cover over the vehicle 7 To suppress the deployment sound as much as possible completely close all door windows close the doors and
15. RED BLUE SRS ECU C 37 nl v 1 2 3 41516171819 191112 13 i4 t5 t6 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 a 7 a 1 NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF KNEE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB 0 39 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B12 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the knee air bag module will deploy W8G52M033A AC708950AB DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod ule squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper connector contact e Open circuit in the knee air bag module squib circuit e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 106 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865
16. 1st squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Ss 2432221 AC608812FE lt 2nd squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC608812FF 52B 75 A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 5 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 7 and 8 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 2nd squib gt and the short spring to release the short spring 6 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector terminals 7 and 8 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 2nd squib gt and body ground It should be an open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B08 1st squib B1BOC 2nd squib gt sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 76 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd sq
17. TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS CONTROL UNIT SRS ECU 52 385 gt gt B lt lt SRS ECU MOUNTING BOLT GROUND BOLT INSTALLATION Check the head mark E and install the ground bolt Ground bolt head mark AC105754AD gt gt C lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position SRS warning light 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and then go out wd 4 If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to sp A P 52B 31 AC709154AB INSPECTION M1524002200733 N WARNING e Check the SRS ECU connector for damage and If a dent crack deformation or rust is dis the terminals for deformation covered replace the SRS ECU with a new NOTE Refer to P 52B 31 for inspection of SRS ECU one for other than physical damage e Check the SRS ECU and brackets for dents cracks or deformation TSB Revision 52B 386 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION M1524047500108 WARNING Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules or clock spring If faulty replace it Do not drop the air bag modules or clock spring or allow contact with water greas
18. 5 Check for continuity between the C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 39 and No 40 It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator A Locking Tm button Flat tipped screwdriver AC609834AB D 10 Intermediate connector module side Short spring tie lt lt 22 AC700119 AJ D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view AC608812GZ 52B 163 STEP 6 Short circuit check between the F 04 curtain air bag module harness side connector and the D 10 intermediate harness 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 04 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module RH F 04 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 10 intermediate connector curta
19. MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Diagnose the CAN bus line 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 167 STEP 3 Check the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 Measure the resistance and voltage at SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery
20. MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 210 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991865 Dummy resistor 3 2 D 36 Harness side amp connector D 36 Side airbag module RH connector MB991866 Resistor harness AC507310 AX SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect connectors D 36 and then reconnect them 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 4 Connect the negative battery terminal 5 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2E out put YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1C2E set because connector C 36 or D 36 was e
21. Q Does continuity exist wv YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory recheck if any DTC set If DTC B1B12 set replace the AC608812FK SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 NO Replace harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and knee air bag module connector C 39 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B12 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 110 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B13 Driver s Knee Air Bag Squib System Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals Knee Air Bag Module Squib Circuit RED BLUE SRS ECU 6 37 nl v 1 2 3 41516171819 191112 13 i4 t5 t6 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 a 7 a 1 NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF KNEE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB 0 39 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B13 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting
22. SRS ECU C 37 a v l 112131415161 71819 5 1314151611118119120 2122034 a a i 21 22 E Su n lt gt a ccm 12 13 C 131 Bu x 171819 gt 25 0 112131415161118119120121 22 iz aa 2 f4 S ca gt 52 gt 2 d FRONT IMPACT CPU SENSOR LH ACCELERO METER W8G52M042A TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 278 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS Connectors A 42 A 46 Connector C 37 AC708949AC Rm AC708951AC AC708950AG ANCAUTION l DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC U0170 is set the SRS ECU always diag These DTCs are set if communication between the nose the CAN main bus line front impact sensor LH and the SRS ECU is not CIRCUIT OPERATION possible or faulty If an impact of set value or more is detected the front impact sensor sends the coded acceleration data to TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS SRS ECU Based on the acceleration data e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors SRS ECU determines the necessity of driver s and e Malfunction of the front impact sensor LH front passenger s air bag deployment and then turns e Malfunction of the SRS ECU ON the power supply circuit to the inflator DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB99
23. SX N pe AC708954 AM A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITION If DTC B1B8C is set in the occupant classifica The DTC is set when the seat slide sensor output always diagnose the main bus current is not within the specified range ines CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or e The seat slide sensor may be defective Low determined by the seat position e The wiring harness or connectors may have e The occupant classification ECU determines the loose corroded or damaged terminals or termi seat position according to the current value from nals pushed back in the connector the seat slide sensor DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 314 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
24. AC708954 AJ DTC SET CONDITIONS These DTCs are set if communication between the side impact sensor RH and the SRS ECU is not possible or faulty TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Malfunction of the side impact sensor RH e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 288 MB991827 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the O
25. RED WHITE JOINT CONNECTOR 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 15116 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 2 POWER SUPPLY W8G52M058A TSB Revision 52B 336 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector D 39 2 AC708954 AN CAUTION If DTC B210D B210E is set in the occupant clas sification ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines TROUBLE JUDGMENT The occupant classification ECU sets DTC B210D if the power supply fuse voltage decreases to the specified value or less and sets DTC B210E if the power supply fuse voltage increases to the specified value or more However when the status returns to normal the occupant classification ECU automati cally erases DTCs B210D and B210E TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT The power supply fuse or the occupant classifica tion ECU may have a problem TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The power supply fuse may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive e The battery may be defective e The generator may be defective e The wiring harness or connectors may have loose corroded or damaged terminals or termi nals pushed back in the connector DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB99
26. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 122 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B19 Curtain Air bag Module LH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Curtain Air Bag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 32 33 Ao 41 42 t I I I I I I 48 49 56 5 7158 A lt j CONNECTOR ON LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR OES SWITCH 1 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH F 28 CONNECTOR LOCK W8G52M034A Connector C 36 Connector 0 15 TN c D 08951 0 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 123 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector F 28 708970 A CAUTION If DTC B1B19 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module LH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set
27. Short spring e 4 mm 0 16 inch or mor 507302 TSB Revision 52B 94 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 1st squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view B 8 1 12111019 8 7 6 14 3 2 1 a shi 7h 6l15 1 4113 a AC608812FC lt 2nd squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view a a 310918 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 AC608812FD SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 6 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector terminals 7 and 8 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 2nd squib gt It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1BOB 1st squib gt or B1BOF 2nd squib gt set replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 1st squib or terminal No 11 and 12 2nd squib gt and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 1st squib gt terminal No 4 and 3 2nd squib gt Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and passenger s front air bag module con
28. INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION A WARNING ispose of curtain air bag module only according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 25 1 When installing the new curtain air bag module refer to INSPECTION 52 412 2 Connect the negative battery cable TSB Revision Z MB991827 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 411 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE S AC608435 AB N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1B1A and B1B2C are set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 N WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag deployment operation gt gt B lt lt CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE INSTALLATION A CAUTION e
29. connector a 7 In order to suppress the operation sound as much as possible fully close all the door windows and close the doors A WARNING Before operating the seat belt pre tensioner in this Deglogmemt wie in manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the operation so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the seat belt pre tensioner operation See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for post operation han dling instructions If the seat belt pre tensioner fails to operate do not go near the seat belt pre tensioner 8 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each the and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to operate the seat belt pre tensioner 9 After operation dispose of the seat belt pre tensioner according to the Deployed Air Bag Module operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 TSB Revision 52B 428 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Deployment wires MB992102 Connection ee Insulator tape 6 m 20 ft or l
30. Cable tie Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302BJ 52B 103 STEP 4 Check the knee air bag module circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector DANGER To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying unintentionally disconnect the knee air bag module connector C 39 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 104 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 7 Measure the voltage between C 37 harness side connector C 37 Harness side terminals 1 2 and body grou
31. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS 52 373 608583 WHEN AIR BAGS DO DEPLOY LOW SPEED COLLISION Check the SRS components If the SRS components are show ing any visible damage such as dents cracks or deformation replace them with new ones Concerning parts removed for inspection replacement with new parts and cautionary points for working refer to appropriate INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE P 52B 377 FRONT IMPACT SENSOR 1 Check the front end upper bar for distortion and rust 2 Check the front impact sensor for dents cracks deformation or rust 3 Check the front impact sensor wiring harness for binding check the connector for damage and check the terminals for deformation NOTE The illustration shows the side impact sensor LH The position of the side impact sensor RH is symmetrical to this SRS ECU 1 Check the SRS ECU case and brackets for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the connector for damage and the terminals for deformation 3 Check the installation of the SRS ECU and its bracket TSB Revision 52B 374 Driver s side Squib Squib connectors Inflator Side airbag module deployment section AS AC707634 AC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS POST COLL
32. 118 SRS ECU C 37 B a 2 3 4 5 e 7 8 9 10111012 4 516171819 0 1 2234 gt o W8G52M030A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 39 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 317 Junction block iuis Connectors C 37 124 Re J AC708951AB AC608152 AE CAUTION l DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1207 is set in the SRS ECU always diag This DTC will be set if the passenger s air bag OFF nose the CAN main bus line indicator light driving circuit is short to ground CIRCUIT OPERATION e Power for the passenger s air bag OFF indicator TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS light is supplied from the ignition switch IG1 e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e The passenger s air bag OFF indicator light illu e Malfunction of the SRS ECU minates when the ignition switch is turned to the e Malfunction of the passenger s air bag OFF indi ON position and goes out after approximately cator light seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the SRS system DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools e MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System TSB Revision 52B 40 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB9918
33. AC608812EY lt 2nd squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view 12h ol a 3817 6 5 4 3 2 AC608812EZ STEP 7 Check the harness for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 1st squib or No 9 and 10 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 1st squib gt or No 1 and 2 2nd squib gt Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 lt 1st squib gt or No 9 and 10 lt 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 lt 1st squib gt or No 1 and 2 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 8 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and clock spring connector C 208 Then go to Step 8 STEP 8 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B03 1st squib gt or B1B07 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 71 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B08 Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 1st squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground DTC 1 Passenger s Front Air Bag Mod
34. DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the power supply in the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 219 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the
35. If the SRS ECU determines that the following parts e f the occupant classification sensor or the occu are defective the SRS ECU operates the SRS warn pant classification ECU is defective the ing light and controls as follows SRS ECU determines that the occupant classifi e Ifthe seat slide sensor is defective the SRS ECU cation is class 2 The occupant classification sen determines that the seat is in its backward posi sor detects 30 kg 66 pounds or more and tion and controls the air bag controls the air bag and the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR REFERENCE TABLE M1524025800060 The scan tool can be used to perform the next func e Seat Weight Sensor Accuracy Check tion e Zero calibration TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SPECIAL TOOLS 52 369 SPECIAL TOOLS Tool number and name Supersession Application M1524000701274 MB990803 General service tool Steering wheel removal Steering wheel puller MB991958 MB991824 KIT Checking diagnostic trouble code a MB991824 NOTE g MB991826 Z CAUTION b MB991827 M U T III Trigger For vehicles with CAN c MB991910 Harness is not communication use M U T III d MB991911 necessary when main harness A to send e MB991914 pushing ENTER simulated vehicle speed If you f MB991825 key connect M U T Ill main harness g MB991826 B instead the CAN Scan tool M U T I
36. MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line 1 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 2 Diagnose the CAN bus line 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES The trouble can be an intermittent malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision 52B 270 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DTC U0141 ETACS CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0141 is set be sure to diagnose the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the signal from ETACS ECU cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0141 e The CAN bus line may be defective Data link Meee MB991827 AC608435 AB e The ETACS ECU may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824
37. TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 331 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set the occupant classification ECU 1 Zero calibration of occupant classification ECU 2 Erase the DTC 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Check if the DTC is set 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1C23 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor front LH Configuration Mismatch DTC B1C24 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor front RH Configuration Mismatch DTC B1C25 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor rear LH Configuration Mismatch DTC B1C26 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor rear RH Configuration Mismatch CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1C23 B1C24 B1C25 B1C26 is set in the The DTC is set if the weight sensor serial No of the occupant classification ECU always diagnose coding data in the occupant classification ECU does the CAN main bus lines not match the serial No sent from the weight sensor TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Zero calibration not executed DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly
38. ey Passenger s front air bag zm pes 2 d Deck Na HO qa AC609055AB Deployment wire 6 m 20ft or longer ACX01308 Al 5 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB9921020 and cover the connections with insulator tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the unintentional deployment of pas senger s front air bags caused by the static or others 6 Connect the special tool MB992102 to the passenger s front air bag module and then pull out the deployment wire to outside the vehicle A WARNING e glass is scratched air bag deployment could cause it to crack and fly out of the vehicle so always put a cover over the vehicle 7 To suppress the operation sound as much as possible completely close all door windows close the doors and put a cover on the vehicle WARNING e Before deploying the air bag in this manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre t
39. 11 2 a Lu 118 SRS ECU C 37 oILN 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 314151611111819 20 1 22123124 gt o W8G52M030A Connectors C 37 C 124 C 124 C 37 Y 708951 A CAUTION The passenger s air bag OFF indicator light illu If DTC B1206 is set in the SRS ECU always diag minates when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position and goes out after approximately seven seconds if there is not a malfunction in the CIRCUIT OPERATION SRS system Power for the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is supplied from the ignition switch 161 nose the CAN main bus line TSB Revision 52B 36 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS This DTC will be set if an open circuit has occurred in e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors the wiring harness between the passenger s air bag e Malfunction of the SRS ECU OFF indicator light and the SRS ECU e Malfunction of the passenger s air bag OFF indi cator light DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK
40. 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring side of driver s air bag module connector C 204 terminal No 1 and 2 1st squib gt or terminal No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B02 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B06 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s air bag module Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 60 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the clock spring 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 MB991865 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 sai resistor 30 Resistor harness CAUTION i Do not insert probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into harness side of clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 3 and 4 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 lt 2nd squib gt by backprobing C 208 C
41. Q Is DTC B1B23 set YES Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 162 C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A C 36 Harness side connector front view 6 4 5 4 4 3 4214 140139 38137 36135 34133 32131 I I 11 1 I I I J 6 261605458571 15945315215 15049148147 AC608812FR SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 10 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness A CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 39 40 and the short spring to release the short spring
42. Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 Dummy resistor 3 Q MB991866 x Resistor harness Harness side amp connector D 34 Side airbag module LH connector AC507310 AW Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Pu OOoOOOO0O0O0Gcvc 2000 ES EL L Et EIL d o 4 mm 0 16 inch mem SR T Cable tie Section A A AC507303CA 52B 185 STEP 3 Check the side air bag module LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact p
43. STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 291 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the audio diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC is set to the audio Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the radio and CD player NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 DTC U0195 Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout A CAUTI
44. STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C38 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 218 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C39 Driver s Pre tensioner Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Seat Belt Pre Tensioner LH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 0 26 31 82 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4108 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 a 45 ZON DFF ON L CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH 1 CONNECTOR SEAT BELT td sf 1 LOCK PRE TENSIONER LH OFF N ON SWITCH D 25 AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C39 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy W8G52M039A Connector D 25
45. 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 front seat assembly D 39 and seat slide sensor D 32 for loose corroded or damaged terminals or terminals pushed back in the connector Q Is the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 front seat assembly D 39 and seat slide sensor D 32 in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace the component s Refer to GROUP OOE Harness Connector Inspection P 00E 2 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 315 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the wiring harness between the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal 27 and 29 and the seat slide sensor D 32 terminal 2 and 1 Q Check for continuity between occupant classification ECU connector D
46. 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 225 ANA Flat tipped screwdriver Harness side connector MB991865 MB991884 Dummy resistor 3 Resistor harness D 25 Harness side connector AC301553CB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 25 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C3A set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 226 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS Lock lever AC507645 AC us Col Harness side connector C 36 Harness
47. 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 7 Check for continuity between the D 10 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side terminal No 1 2 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B21 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision x SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 152 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B22 Curtain Air Bag Module RH Squib System Squib Circuit Open Curtain Air Bag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 33 34 42 43 I I 4950 5859 39 CONNECTOR oy SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPL
48. 51 3 lt lt gt gt 3 Front impact sensor connector 1 Negative battery cable 4 Front impact sensor gt gt C lt lt Post installation inspection Installation steps NOTE The figure indicates the left front impact sen gt gt A lt lt e Pre installation inspection sor The right impact sensor is symmetrical to this gt gt B lt lt 4 Front impact sensor TSB Revision Insulating tape Battery cable l SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 381 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE J BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag s deployment Battery ACX00583AF lt lt B gt gt FRONT IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR REMOVAL Section Connector lock Press the connector lock of the harness side connector of the front impact sensor to release the lock Then remove the har ness side connector by pulling it in the direction of the arrow Front impact sensor Harness side connector AC707048 AC700462 AC
49. 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 230 Lock lever Flat tipped screwdriver SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 3 After disconnecting the D 25 harness side connectors connect the connectors again For the D 25 connector disconnection use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 Connector the negative battery terminal 5 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and c
50. LH circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 188 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such a
51. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 353 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the satellite radio tuner diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner Q Is the DTC set YES NO Diagnose the satellite radio Go to Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES NO DTC U0197 Hands Free Module CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0197 is set in the occupant classi fication ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION When the signals from hands free module cannot be received the occupant classification ECU sets the DTC U0197 Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per form the normal data transmission occupant classifi cation ECU determi
52. 2 2 Connect the circuit tester to the special tool as shown in driver s side the figure and check the continuity among terminal No 1 2 or No 3 4 Extra fine probe ES N MB992006 la Air bag module connector driver s side AC306759AX PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION M1524047300063 LA WARNING Never attempt to disassemble or repair the air bag modules If faulty replace it Do not drop the air bag modules or allow contact with water grease or oil Replace it if a dent crack deformation or rust is detected The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward Do not place anything on top of it Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93 C 200 After deployment of the air bag replace the air bag module with a new one Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce dures Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat be sure to carry out accuracy check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle On Vehicle Service P 52B 378 TSB Revision 52B 394 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE
53. 52B 232 Lock lever dM at tipped PUNK Kl p Harness side connector C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Cable tie NT B C3 c3 c3 c c3 A Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 45 46
54. 9 0 26 60 FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH BLACK PINK SKY BLUE SEAT SLIDE SENSOR LH HALL IC D 32 W8G52M047A Ps R ee D 39 D 39 2 Connectors D 32 D 39 D 39 2 E A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1B8E is set in the occupant classifica This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus between the input terminals of the seat slide sensor lines CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors Low determined by the seat position e Short to the power supply in the seat slide sensor e The occupant classification determines the seat harness position according to the current value from the e Malfunction of the seat slide sensor seat slide sensor e Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU TSB Revision 52B 320 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to
55. B1BA5 SRS ECU squib count mismatch P 52B 174 B1BAA Occupant classification ECU configuration mismatch P 52B 175 B1BC7 SRS ECU record data full system P 52B 177 B1C27 Side air bag module LH squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 178 B1C28 Side air bag module LH squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 183 B1C29 Side air bag module LH squib system squib circuit open P 52B 187 B1C2A Side air bag module LH squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 191 B1C2B Side air bag module RH squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 195 B1C2C Side air bag module RH squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 200 B1C2D Side air bag module RH squib system squib circuit open P 52B 204 B1C2E Side air bag module RH squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 208 B1C38 Driver s pre tensioner squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 212 B1C39 Driver s pre tensioner squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 218 B1C3A Driver s pre tensioner squib system squib circuit open P 52B 222 B1C3B Driver s pre tensioner squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 228 B1C47 Front passenger s pre tensioner squib sy
56. DTC B1C4A Front Passenger s Pre tensioner Squib System Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals Seat Belt Pre Tensioner RH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 nu 31 32 33 34 35 lt LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR x ON 1 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER RH D 40 Connector C 36 AC708951AD CAUTION If B1C4A is set the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy W8G52M040A Connector D 40 p AC708954 AH DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS Improper engaged connector or defective short spring Short circuit between the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib circuit terminals Damaged connector s Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 250 S
57. Horn connector AC607302 AC MB990803 AC705717AB lt lt C gt gt DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR REMOVAL Slide the outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector lt lt D gt gt AIR BAG MODULE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL A WARNING e The air bag module must not be measured with such equipment as an ohmmeter The air bag module must not be disassembled The removed air bag module should be stored in a clean dry place with the deployment surface fac ing up Loosen the torx screw and remove the air bag module assem bly lt lt E gt gt STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL Use special tool MB990803 to remove the steering wheel TSB Revision 52B 390 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING S MB991827 AC608435 AB lt lt F gt gt CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL N WARNING The removed clock spring should be stored in a clean dry place INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION A WARNING Dispose of air bag modules only according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 When installing the new air bag modules and clock spring refer to INSPECTION P 52B 392 2 Connect the negative battery cable N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition swi
58. NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1B20 Curtain Air Bag Module RH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Curtain Air Bag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 31 32133134135136 37138 32140141 42143 1405 46 41148149 50 51 52 53154 55 6 57 58 69 60 61 62 o 40 39 25 FF ON poe SWITCH eae CEN zl NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF 2 D 10 C CONNECTOR d CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE 708 CONNECTOR SQUIB RH LOCK F 04 tf ft SWITCH W8G52M035A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 141 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector D 1 Connector C 36 d AC708951AD AC708955 AC AC708970 AC A CAUTION e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag If DTC B1B20 is set in the SRS ECU always diag module RH to inflate the curtain air bag nose the CAN main bus line DTC SET CONDITIONS CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the curtain air bag by detecting signals from the side impact sensors module
59. Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision DTC U0020 DTC U0021 DTC U0022 DTC U0023 DTC U0024 DTC U0025 DTC U0026 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 341 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS CAN B Bus Off Performance CAN B Bus HI Circuit Open CAN B Bus HI Shorted to Circuit Ground CAN B Bus HI Shorted to Circuit Power Supply CAN B Bus LO Circuit Open CAN B Bus LO Shorted to Circuit Ground CAN B Bus LO Shorted to Circuit Power Supply A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA If the DTC 00020 00021 00022 00023 Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if U0024 U0025 U0026 is set in the occupant occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per classification ECU always diagnose the CAN form the normal data transmission occupant classifi main bus lines cation ECU determines that an abnormality is e When replacing the ECU always check that present the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the CAN B circuit malfunction the occupant classi CAN bus line may be defective fication ECU sets the DTC U0020 U0021 U0022 90023 00024 00025 0026 DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly
60. Resistor harness D 10 Intermediate connector D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 Al 52B 155 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 10 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B22 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision x SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 156 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector and the D 10 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the E harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent
61. SRS ECU SRS ECU mounting bolt SRS ECU mounting bolt ground bolt Floor console front bracket front Refer to GROUP 524A Front Floor Console Assembly P 52A 9 Instrument panel under cover Refer to GROUP 52 Instrument Lower Panel 52 8 Rear heater duct A Refer to GROUP 55A Ducts P 55 138 Negative 3 battery cable Post installation inspection SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 384 SRS CONTROL UNIT SRS ECU REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and deploy ment Insulating tape Battery cable ACX00583AF lt lt B gt gt SRS ECU REMOVAL While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt SRS ECU INSTALLATION N WARNING The SRS may not activate if the SRS ECU is not installed properly which could result in serious injury or death to the vehicle s driver or front passenger
62. SRS ECU 6 36 33 34 42 43 I I 4950 5859 39 CONNECTOR oy SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR LOU SWITCH CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR POMBAR CK F 04 lg ITCH W8G52M035A Connector D 1 0 AC708951AD ul AC708955AC TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 147 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS AC708970AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B21 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module RH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag module RH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Req
63. Slide the seat the back end to the 0 to 5 000 mV voltage front position 07 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back end to the Not in Frontal Zone In Frontal status front position Zone Undetermined 08 occupant classification Apply a load to the passenger seat Empty RFIS Child More status 5th Undermined 10 Battery voltage Always 6 5 to 16 V 21 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger seat Load equivalent to passenger RR seat crew member load 22 Pa seat weight sensor 1 Apply a load to the passenger seat O to 5 000 mV RR volt 23 Pa seat weight sensor 2 Apply a load to the passenger seat Load equivalent to passenger RF seat crew member load 24 Pa seat weight sensor 2 Apply a load to the passenger seat O to 5 000 mV RF volt 25 Pa seat weight sensor 3 Apply a load to the passenger seat Load equivalent to passenger LF seat crew member load 26 Pa seat weight sensor 3 Apply a load to the passenger seat O to 5 000 mV LF volt 27 Pa seat weight sensor 4 Apply a load to the passenger seat Load equivalent to passenger LR seat crew member load 28 Pa seat weight sensor 4 Apply a load to the passenger seat O to 5 000 mV LR volt 30 VIN Information Always ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE The scan tool activates the following actuators for testing M1524003600198 Item No 01 SRS warning light SRS warning light illumination ON FAIL SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE TABLE
64. YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS E SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 241 STEP 3 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal I Pre tensionerZ 4 2 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector i D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it 2 gt gt M F Harness side j Flat tipped toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector JIJ _ screwdriver connector Oy NS Locking 969 button LINQ Se Sons ___ _ 609576 m 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 Em ee IO ana 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 40 harness side D 40 Harness side connector connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C48 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passenger s seat belt with pre tensioner AC301553CC Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 242 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS Lock lever AC507645 AC Harness side connec
65. e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 342 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 2 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Diagnose the CAN bus line 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction
66. e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 check actuator test Check the combination meter actuator tests Item No 07 Indicator 1 Q Does the SRS warning light turn on and off normally YES Go to Step 3 NO Replace the combination meter Refer to GROUP 54A Combination Meter P 54A 101 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 367 STEP 3 Recheck of the SRS warning light 1 Connect the negative battery terminal 2 Ignition switch ON Q Does the light stay ON YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE DATA LIST
67. ol 2 D 10 SIDE AIR BAG CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE MODULE SQUIB RH SQUIB RH D 36 F 04 W8G52M052A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 19 GENERAL INFORMATION IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH IG1 LINK 64 Z HAEL 56 6 0 317 91011 12 13145 1 6309 ETACS ECU ii IG1 E NS e RELAY ON OFF 7 2 7 a 313 4 7 2 5 C 317 z 4 0 315 81911011 12131141516 5 E saap H zl igi 131415 L meS JOINT VW 131141151611718119 JOINT 8 4 CONNECTOR CONNECTOR eee ail cms rp ba TE 6 7 8 9 ot HAAAT 3 TARIHIN x x lt lt m al a 21 8 lt 6 s 7 VWV s z 2 2115 SRS ECU GND V uu GN Nr ec umen 34 35 36 17 6 37 OLA n 512 gt 1I2 3 4 I5 e 2 8 9 01112 T T T T
68. released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 43 44 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 254 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 43 and 44 It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C4A set replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 6 4544 434241 00 3938 87 86 35184 83182131 5857565545352 150494827 AC608812GM STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 connector and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC
69. Connect the negative battery terminal 4 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is either DTC No B1B72 or B1B75 set YES Go to Step 3 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 172 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the SRS ECU 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Replace the SRS ECU with a new one Refer to P 52B 383 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is either DTC No B1B72 or B1B75 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1BA3 Driver s Seat Slide Sensor Malfunction Occupant Classification ECU A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1BA3 is set in the Occupant classifica These DTCs are set if communication between the tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification ECU and the seat slide sen line sor is not possible or communication is faulty TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Malfunction of the seat slide sensor e Malfunction of occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 173 SRS
70. LH L L L L L REAR RH D 39 5 D 39 6 112132 W8G52M046A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 305 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector D 39 1 AC708954 AL N CAUTION If DTC B1B79 B1B7E B1B83 or B1B88 is set in the occupant classification ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The load data from the weight sensor is classified with the occupant classification ECU and its classi fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the inflator DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire is short cir cuited to ground TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Disengaged wire harnesses or connector Short to the ground in the weight sensor harness Malfunction of the weight sensor e e e e Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System TSB Revision 52B 306 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using
71. NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1B23 Curtain Air Bag Module RH Squib System Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals Curtain Air Bag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 33 34 42 43 I I 4950 5859 39 CONNECTOR SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR d LOCK SWITCH CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR SQUIB RH LOCK F 04 SWITCH W8G52M035A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 159 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 oN Tw J AC708970 AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B23 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module RH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITION
72. OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 37 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light 1 It is checked whether the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is normal Refer to P 52B 30 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace instrument center panel Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P 52A 2 STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 18 and the instrument
73. P 52B 122 B1B1A Curtain air bag module LH squib system squib circuit open P 52B 128 B1B1B Curtain air bag module LH squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 134 B1B20 Curtain air bag module RH squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 140 B1B21 Curtain air bag module RH squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 146 B1B22 Curtain air bag module RH squib system squib circuit open P 52B 152 B1B23 Curtain air bag module RH squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 158 B1B54 seat belt switch RH circuit ground side shorted P 52B 164 B1B55 seat belt switch RH circuit power supply side shorted P 52B 164 B1B56 seat belt switch RH circuit open P 52B 164 B1B70 Malfunction of G sensor inside front impact sensor LH P 52B 169 B1B71 Malfunction of G sensor inside front impact sensor RH P 52B 169 B1B72 Malfunction of G sensor inside side impact sensor LH P 52B 170 B1B75 Malfunction of G sensor inside side impact sensor RH P 52B 170 B1BA3 Driver s seat slide sensor malfunction occupant classification ECU TSB Revision P 52B 172 Diagnostic trouble Code No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection item 52B 33 Reference page
74. Performance DTC B1B7D Passenger Seat Weight Sensor front RH Performance DTC B1B82 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor rear LH Performance DTC B1B87 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor rear RH Performance Weight Sensor FRONT SEAT aa ASSEMBLY RH D 39 Bo WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR FRONT LH FRONT RH D 39 3 D 39 4 e T T T I T Gz T1 2 1 14 CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 1 2 41 42 41 43 WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR REAR LH d Js J J L J REAR RH D 39 5 D 39 6 IAD EEA W8G52M046A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 301 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connectors D 39 1 D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 D 39 1 D 39 3 e 2 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 Ss 708954 CAUTION If DTC B1B78 B1B7D 1 82 1 87 is set in the occupant classification ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The load data from the weight sensor is classified with the occupant classification ECU and its classi fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the
75. TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991884 Resistor harness D 25 Harness side connector AC201287EL Resistor harness side connector C 36 Harness side connector front view HLS 5915815 715655 5 4535215 1501494847 u a m 4342 41 0189138137 86 35 84133132131 bi AC608812GL 52B 227 5 Connect D 25 harness side connector to special tool MB991884 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and the spe cial tool terminal No 2 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 46 and the spe cial tool terminal No 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and recheck if any DTC set If DTC B1C3A set replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 NO Replace harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C3A set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 228 SUP
76. V C l e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 348 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the A C diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the A C ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the A C NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP
77. gt KNEE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL A WARNING e The air bag module must not be measured with such equipment as an ohmmeter The air bag module must not be disassembled The removed air bag module should be stored in a clean dry place with the deployment surface fac ing up After removing the knee air bag module use the flat tipped screwdriver and pull out the lock button of the harness side wiring harness PC l connector in the arrow direction to release lock Instrument panel side connector lat tipped screwdriver Ke AC609126 AB INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION N WARNING Dispose of knee air bag module only according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 When installing the new knee air bag module refer to INSPECTION P 52B 401 2 Connect the negative battery cable TSB Revision 52B 400 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS warning light m 0 5 BRAKE ba AC709154 AB KNEE AIR BAG MODULE N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
78. gt gt E lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION Reconnect the negative J battery cable Turn the ignition switch to ON position Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and go out If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 TSB Revision 52B 392 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING Inflator connectors AC706212 AC Steering wheel audio remote control switch connector 205 12131415161 C 202 eo Horn switch connector 213 415 c Driver s air bag 202 module connector FA LK ND Protective tube AC706417AJ INSPECTION M1524047600064 AIR BAG MODULE CHECK A DANGER Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the air bag modules squib even if you are using the specified tester If the circuit resistance is measured with a tester accidental air bag deployment will result and possible serious personal injury WARNING If any component damage is found during the follow ing inspection replace the air bag module with a new one Dispose of the old one according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 Check the pad cover for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the connectors for damage the terminals for deformation and the harness for binding 3 Check the air bag inflator ca
79. longer as deployment wires Then connect the wires at one end to short NOTE This prevents the side air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static electricity etc CAUTION Never fail to do Step 4 in order to prevent accidental deployment caused by static 4 Install the front seatback so that the backside of the front seatback meets the ground 5 Cut off the side air bag module wiring harness connector from the wiring harness with nippers Connect the deployment wire to each of the two cut wiring harnesses and cover the connection areas with insulation tape TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 435 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE Co SA ms battery Deployment wires 08664 A WARNING e Before deployment check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions If the side air bag fails to deploy do not go near the module 6 At a location as far away from the front seatback as possible and from a shielded posit
80. the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the power supply in the side air bag module LH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 184 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position
81. the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module LH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module LH squib Connector D 1 5 TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit between the curtain air bag module LH squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunction of the SRS ECU NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the air bag from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 36 D 15 or F 28 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 136 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
82. 00 15 TSB Revision S SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 330 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1BBD Occupant Classification ECU Current Configuration table Unprogrammed A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1BBD is set in the occupant classifica The DTC is set if the check error occurs in the coding tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus data of the occupant classification ECU lines TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Zero calibration not executed e The occupant Classification ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB
83. 1 1st squib gt or terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 4 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring Passenger s front air ba j 4 i harness side connector to the direction of the arrow AC306561 BI TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS lt 1st Squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal h t m 0 16 inch or me ad sping lt 2nd Q C 37 Harness side connector front view 9 Wap Cable tie 654 Jpsssss Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302 1st squib gt C 14 Harness side connector rear view A C 37 Harness side AF connector front view 12111019 8 7 6 5 413 2 WE AC608812FG lt 2nd squib gt C 14 Harness side connector rea
84. 1 5 2203 a W8G52M053A TSB Revision 52B 20 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION ETACS ECU CAN DRIVE CIRCUIT INTERFACE CIRCUIT CAN DRIVE CIRCUIT INTERFACE CIRCUIT C3016 B ov 1213141516111819221222324 E Sz ve x LLJ lc NE 6 19 JOINT T CONNECTOR CAN1 6 105 11 24 3 14 mIGMEE lt gt BLUE BLACK JE BLUE RED EL JE GREEN 6 314 to 81910111 12 sas 2 13 1011 3 4 5 6 7 14115116 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 14 15 ETACS ECU BLACK WHITE 3 3 CAN TRANSCEIVER CIRCUIT CPU COMBINATION METER C 04 4 5 6 7 8 91101 1112 1415 16 17181920 21 22 2 3124 TSB Revision DATA LINK CONNECTOR 6 40 112 4 5 6 7 8 1111211311415116 9 10 W8G52M054A SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 21 GENERAL INFORMATION JOINT CONNECTOR ETACS ECU CAN1 FUSE
85. 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 112 id Harness side connector fod Pre tensioner eg N S rewdriver dos AC609126AC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 37 and Knee air bag module connector C 39 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part
86. 121 o Q Q lt 2nd squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view 4 6 5 4 3 I Q o p O AC608813BA STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 9 and 10 lt 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 lt 2nd squib gt Q Are harness wires between the SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 9 and 10 lt 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and clock spring connector C 208 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B01 1st squib gt or B1B05 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 56 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B02 Driver s Air Bag Module 1st squib System
87. 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C2E set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1C38 Driver s Pre tensioner Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Seat Belt Pre Tensioner LH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 31 8233 34 35 36 31 38 39 40 4142 43144 45 46 zamm am eam a SESS Ss 418 49 0 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 a m CONNECTOR x LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR SEAT BELT LOCK x PRE TENSIONER LH ON SWITCH D 25 W8G52M039A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 213 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 N he AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C38 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over
88. 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 49 DTC B1B01 Driver s Air bag Module 1st squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply DTC B1B05 Driver s Air bag Module 2nd squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Driver s Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 a a 3114115116 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 gt a 5 6 9 10 E OFF OFF ZN ON ZN ON iL g Sx e 5 1 co Ww Zo mos mo m m gt gt 4 3 1 2 OFF OFF oj ofr AON ON orp ON AEE EPOE 8 Q Q Q Q NOTE 5 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH 55 10 3 Gu CONNECTOR COUPLED ON i nia 25 CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF 4 3 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C 204 Connector C 79 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B01 1st squib gt or B1B05 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line Connectors C 204 C 208 _ TSB Revision W8G52M031A o Ac 208 Y NG _ C 1 P A m AC708953AB 52B 50 CIRCUIT OPERATION SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DI
89. 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1B02 B1B06 B1BOA and B1BOE are set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags deployment gt gt B lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and go out 4 f yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 397 PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE INSPECTION A CAUTION e Never measure circuit resistance in the air bag modules squib even with the specified tester Measuring the circuit resistance with a tester causes accidental air bag deployment due to current that flows or static resulting in serious personal injury e When re
90. 37 PO g 9 1 213 4 51 6 7 8 9110 11 12 13 14 15 1617 18 19120 21 22 23 24 a 7 W8G52M041A Connector 36 Connectors C 309 C 313 ae Junction block 309 36 TA ACT708951AD C 313 BR AC708972BD TSB Revision 52B 256 A CAUTION If the diagnostic trouble code B210D is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS The code is set when the battery voltage becomes low or when the open circuit occurs to the power sup ply circuit e The SRS ECU is powered from the ignition TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS switch IG1 e The SRS ECU power is supplied from two cir cuits Even if one circuit is shut off the air bag can inflate Battery voltage drop Open circuit to power supply circuit Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors Malfunction of the SRS ECU Malfunction of ETACS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools e MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Power supply fuse check Q Is the fuse in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Wiring harness check between the fusible link 34 and the C 36 SRS ECU connector ter
91. 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 349 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0168 KOS ECU or WCM CAN Timeout A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If DTC U0168 is set in the occupant classifica Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if the tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the signal from KOS ECU or WCM cannot be received the occupant classification ECU sets the DTC U0168 MB991827 AC608435 AB form the normal data transmission the occupant classification ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective Malfunction of the KOS ECU may be defective Malfunction of the WCM may be defective Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Us
92. 52B 341 CAN B Bus LO circuit open P 52B 341 CAN B Bus LO shorted to circuit ground P 52B 341 CAN B Bus LO shorted to circuit power supply P 52B 341 ETACS CAN timeout TSB Revision P 52B 343 Diagnostic trouble Code No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection item 52B 299 Reference page U0151 SRS ECU CAN timeout P 52B 344 U0155 Combination meter CAN timeout P 52B 346 U0164 A C ECU CAN timeout P 52B 347 U0168 KOS ECU or WCM CAN timeout P 52B 349 U0184 Audio CAN timeout P 52B 350 U0195 Satellite radio tuner CAN timeout P 52B 352 U0197 Hands free module CAN timeout P 52B 353 U0245 Audio visual navigation unit CAN timeout P 52B 355 U1419 The signal from a weight sensor front LH is unusual P 52B 356 U141A P 52B 356 U141B The signal from a weight sensor front RH is unusual The signal from a weight sensor rear LH is unusual P 52B 356 U141C The signal from a weight sensor rear RH is unusual P 52B 356 U1423 The signal from a weight sensor is unusual TSB Revision P 52B 356 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 300 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES lt OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU gt DTC B1B78 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor front LH
93. 52B 413 PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG 52 416 52B 393 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 528 393 AIRBAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT INSPECTION 528 397 PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES 52B 417 KNEE AIR BAG MODULE 52B 398 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 398 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 3 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION A WARNING Improper service could result in serious injury of the service personnel or the pas senger The SRS is designed to supplement the front seat belts It reduces injury to the driver s and the front passenger s by deploying air bag s in case of a frontal collision The SRS front air bags from an advanced air bag system together with sensors at the vehicle and sen sors attached to front seats With the knee air bag system when an impact exceeds the threshold upon a frontal collision and the cushion air bag is instantaneously inflated for better protection of the driver Side air bag systems in the front seats are activated when side impacts exceed a criteria to protect the occupants upper bodies The curtain air bag system operates together with the side air bag to protect the heads of passengers in the front and second seats The seat belts with pre tensioner work simulta neously with the SRS The seat belt incorporating the pre t
94. AIR BAG WARNING TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH e Do not lean against the door e Do not use seat covers See owner s manual for more information K EXCEPT CANADA This Vehicle is Equipped with Advanced Air Bags Even with Advanced Air Bags Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag The back seat is the safest place for children Never put a rear facing child seat in the front Always use seat belts and child restraints See owner s manual for more information about air bags Not to be removed except by owner K CANADA WARNING MISE EN GARDE Children Can Be KILLED or INJURED by Passenger Air Bag The back seat is the safest place for children 12 and under Make sure all children use seat belts or child seats Not to be removed except by owner TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 9 GENERAL INFORMATION SCHEMATIC Ignition switch IG1 Fusible link 4 SRS ECU ETACS ECU Front impact sensor LH Passenger s air bag i OFF indicator light x Front impact sensor OFF OFF x OFE 11 RH ON ON ON OFF 9 OFE OFF Driver s air bag module ON sone os Date link connector OFF a OFF For scan tool S XT OF SH Can bus line Combination meter Front seat assembly T Passenger s front air bag module Side impact Knee air bag module sensor LH Driver s side Seat belt pre
95. C gt gt 3 Curtain air bag module Headlining P 52A 17 1 Negative battery cable gt gt D lt lt Post installation inspection TSB Revision 52B 410 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE S Insulating tape Battery O ge E i Battery cable ACX00583AF Rear floor wiring harness side connector Locking button Flat tipped screwdriver REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt pre tensioner operation lt lt B gt gt CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR REMOVAL Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button of the rear floor wiring harness side connector After releasing the lock disconnect the connector lt lt C gt gt CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL A WARNING The air bag module must not be measured with such equipment as an ohmmeter The air bag module must not be disassembled The removed air bag module should be stored in a clean dry place with the deployment surface fac ing up
96. CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR SIDE AIR BAG MODULE J LOCK SQUIB LH ON SWITCH D 34 W8G52M037A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 179 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 N be AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C27 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate Connector D 34 AC708954AD e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to ground in the left hand side air bag mod ule squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB99
97. D 15 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness N CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 41 42 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Check for continuity between the C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 41 and No 42 It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Locking button i Flat tipped screwdriver SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 139 Inflator AC609928AB D 15 Intermediate connector module side Short spring 22 700119 Cable tie 0 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view AC608812FM SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Short circuit check between the F 28 curtain air bag module harness side connector and the D 15 intermediate harness 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F
98. DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resister e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 90 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circu
99. Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 107 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the knee air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the Se a harness side connector by withdrawing it towa
100. ECU connector terminal No 1 e Open circuit check for ETACS ECU power supply wire Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the ETACS N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Erase the DTC 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Check if the DTC is set 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS Diagnosis 54 582 NO Check the input signal of ETACS ECU ignition switch IG1 Refer to GROUP 54A 5 Symptom procedures P 54A 642 Than go to step 7 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 338 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition s
101. It should be open circuit A A Q Is it open circuit yy YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check 50902 the diagnostic trouble code If B1B79 B1B7E ae B1B83 B1B88 sets Replace the slide adjuster RH E i Refer to GROUP 52 Front Seat Assembly E 1 52 24 AC608812GQ NO Repair the wiring harness between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminals 1 3 5 7 9 and the body ground Then go to Step 4 STEP 4 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTCs B1B79 B1B7E B1B83 B1B88 set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision S SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 308 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B7A Passenger Seat Weight Sensor power supply side Short circuited or Open front LH DTC B1B7F Passenger Seat Weight Sensor power supply side Short circuited or Open front RH DTC B1B84 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor power supply side Short circuited or Open rear LH DTC B1B89 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor power supply side Short c
102. Lower center pillar trim Refer to GROUP 52 Trim P 52A 11 gt gt B lt lt Side impact sensor Side impact sensor connector Q9 n9 lt lt B gt gt gt gt C lt lt NOTE The illustration above shows the side impact sensor LH The position of the side impact sensor RH is symmetrical to this NOU TSB Revision Front seat belt AC608586 AC609672 AB Side impact sensor installation steps Pre installation inspection Side impact sensor connector Side impact sensor Lower center pillar trim Refer to GROUP 52 Trim P 52A 11 Negative 3 battery cable Post installation inspection SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 403 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE J BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag deployment Insulating tape Battery Battery cable ACX00583AF lt lt B gt gt SIDE IMPACT SENSOR CONNECTOR REMOVAL Slide the outer housing of the impact sensor connector in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector
103. Points P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 296 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U1415 Coding not Completed Data Fail A CAUTION main bus lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U1415 is set diagnose the CAN With the global coding counter value O if all the glo bal coding data vehicle information are not stored the SRS ECU determines that a problem has occurred TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the vehicle information data is not registered to the The CAN bus li be defecti SRS ECU the SRS ECU sets the DTC U1415 ond SaN ud 2 Data link Meee MB991827 AC608435 AB e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bu
104. Q2 2 S 6 6 RED WHITE 20 6 41 18 TBS Ce 18 9 ho x LLI JOINT 12 13 1415116 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 CONNECTOR aa 582 3 9 JOINT 16 C 103 CONNECTOR ooo 16 C 41 aE TETSTATS TESTS 7 89 fo 4 121131415116 1718 112 3 4 5 11 61 7 8 9 10 11 6 43 i 12131411516171819021 2034 Tm 3 IT4TS TES Te T8 S ho 16 E 12 13114115116 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2 rra a 172 ncm FRONT SEAT 5 7 ASSEMBLY RH Gye 0 39 21 24 25 ME DLL MCN Ti Peyote OCCUPANT Y 2 A D 39 2 SUPPLY id GND 1 V V A i E RP ANM md St est ERE POEM eas ohio asin eer eo A a 30 21 29 2 6 4 5 z ea a gt 55 5 2 1 SEAT SLIDE SENSOR LH HALL IC 0 32 Q3 W8G52M055A TSB Revision 52B 22 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION WEIGHT WEIGHT SENSOR SENSOR __ FRONT LH 7 ___ F
105. RH squib installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if TROUBLESHOOTING HITS the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors air bag will inflate Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module RH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 142 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 5
106. Reference page Code No B1B78 Passenger seat weight sensor front LH performance P 52B 300 Passenger seat weight sensor ground side short circuited P 52B 304 front LH Passenger seat weight sensor power supply side P 52B 308 short circuited or open front LH Passenger seat weight sensor front RH performance P 52B 300 Passenger seat weight sensor ground side short circuited P 52B 304 front RH Passenger seat weight sensor power supply side P 52B 308 short circuited or open front RH Passenger seat weight sensor rear LH performance P 52B 300 Passenger seat weight sensor ground side short circuited P 52B 304 rear LH Passenger seat weight sensor power supply side P 52B 308 short circuited or open rear LH Passenger seat weight sensor rear RH performance P 52B 300 TSB Revision 52B 298 Diagnostic trouble Code No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection item Reference page B1B88 Passenger seat weight sensor ground side short circuited rear RH P 52B 304 B1B89 Passenger seat weight sensor power supply side short circuited or open rear RH P 52B 308 B1B8C Seat slide sensor circuit performance P 52B 312 B1B8D Seat slide sensor open circuit P 52B 316 B1B8E Seat slide sensor power supply side short circuit P 52B 319 B1B91 Driver seat sli
107. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SEAT BELTS WITH PRE TENSIONER 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately R ing ligh PME seven seconds and go out ji P ie i 4 If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to E P 52B 31 AC709154 AB INSPECTION M1524004200621 SEAT BELT WITH PRE TENSIONER CHECK Z WARNING e f any component damage is found during the fol lowing inspection replace the seat belt with pre tensioner with a new one Dispose of the old one according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 e Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the seat belt pre tensioner even if you are using the specified tester If the circuit resistance is mea sured with a tester accidental seat belt pre ten sioner operation will result in serious personal injury 1 Check seat belt pre tensioner for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the connectors for damage the terminals for deformation and the harness for binding TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 417 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE _ AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES M1524001201573 Before disposing of an air bag or a vehicle equipped with an air bag follow the procedures below to deploy the air bag UNDEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE DISPOSAL Required Special Tools e MB99210
108. Squib System Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals Side airbag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 a 31 32 33 34 35136 37 38 3940 41 42 434 45 46 47 48149 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 54 60 61 62 a o CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR LOCK x SWITCH SIDE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB RH Connector C 36 AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C2E is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag W8G52M038A AC708954 AF DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short between the side air bag module RH squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunction
109. System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561 BI MB991866 MB991865 G Fz tor h Dummy resistor Resistor arness C 14 Harness side connector ATA C 14 Passenger s front air bag module connector S AC306760 AU 52B 79 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as
110. TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the ground in the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 235 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF positio
111. Take care not to bend or distort the curtain air bag when installing it e Take care that the surrounding components do not trap the air bag e Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do not interfere with the strap gt gt C lt lt CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR CONNECTION Connect the curtain air bag module connector then securely lock the locking button of the harness side connector gt gt D lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Connect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position TSB Revision m SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 412 CURTAIN AIR MODULE S 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately P seven seconds and go out ag 0 ze 4 If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 AC709154 AB INSPECTION M1524013600229 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CHECK A DANGER Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the air bag modules squib even if you are using the specified tester If the circuit resistance is measured with a tester accidental air bag deployment will result and possible serious personal injury A WARNING e f any component damage is found during the fol Curtain air bag module lowing inspection replace the air bag module with deployment en T o E a new one Dispose of the
112. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 344 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DTC U0151 SRS ECU CAN timeout A CAUTION SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the ETACS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA If DTC U0151 is set in the occupant classifica Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification ECU becomes unable
113. Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 271 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the ETACS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the ETACS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as po
114. air bag module pre tensioner N M j Weight sensor Weight sensor Occupant classification ECU Seat slide sensor me Front impact sensor 4 608583 23 605684 AC708928 AB NOTE The illustration above shows the front impact sensor LH and the side impact sensor LH The posi tion of the front impact sensor RH and the side impact sensor RH is symmetrical to this TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 25 SERVICE PRECAUTIONS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS A DANGER e In order to avoid injury to yourself or others from accidental deployment of the air bag during servic ing read and carefully follow all the precautions and procedures described in this manual e After disconnecting the battery cable wait 60 sec onds or more before proceeding with the following work The SRS system is designed to retain enough voltage to deploy the air bag for a short time even after the battery has been disconnected so serious injury may result from unintended air bag deployment if work is done on the SRS system immediately after the battery cables are discon nected A WARNING e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Do not use any electrical test equipment on or near the SRS components except those specified on P 52B 370 Never Attempt to Repai
115. amp eloooooo000 Fa b Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the driver s air bag module circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 5 6 1st squib gt or 9 10 2nd squib and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision 52B 48 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 1st squib gt 5 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector Gao bisous dida terminals 5 and 6 1st squib gt or 9 and 10 2nd squib gt and connector front view body ground E It should be open circuit a a 8 7 ARAE Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code
116. and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 168 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 55 and 58 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 terminal No 1 and 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 3 Disconnect the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D 37 harness side connector front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened D 37 Harness side 4 Check for continuity between the following terminals It 2 should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 55 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 terminal No 1 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 58 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 terminal No 2 C 36 Harness side connecto
117. and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 233 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 45 and 46 It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view a 42 140139 3837836135 34133132131 I I I I I I 3 Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C3B sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 i 15o59585756b5545352B 150491487 AC608812GJ STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition swit
118. as far away from the air bag module as possible and from a shielded position disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 9 Discard the deployed air bag module as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 Deployment wires Vehicle battery ACX01313AF TSB Revision 52B 430 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Connection Me Deployment wires Deployment wires AC300520 AF DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Deploy the air bag in a wide flat area at least 6 meters 20 feet away from obstacles and other people Do not perform deployment outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the air bag module downwind from the battery 1 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A CAUTION Once disconnected both electrodes of the passenger s fr
119. battery terminal 2 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 3 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side connector C 14 terminal No 1 and 2 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 3 and 4 lt 2nd squib gt by backprobing 6 Connect the negative battery terminal A CAUTION Always DTC B1BOE is set when checking DTC 1 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1BOE is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC 1 is set when checking DTC B1BOE because the first side terminal is isolated 7 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passenger s air bag module Refer to P 52B 393 Then go to Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 86 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and the passenger s air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and
120. be sure to carry out accuracy check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle On Vehicle Service P 52B 378 Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition key to the LOCK OFF position 4 43 8 N m 32 6 ft lb AC709265 AB TSB Revision 52B 414 lt lt A gt gt lt lt B gt gt lt lt C gt gt SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SEAT BELTS WITH PRE TENSIONER Removal steps Negative J battery cable Center pillar trim upper cap Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 e Center pillar trim lower Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 3 Center pillar trim upper Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 4 Seat belt with pre tensioner connector 5 Seat belt with pre tensioner Na Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Inter face V C l Insulating tape b Battery cable l gt gt A lt lt o 5 gt gt B lt lt 4 3 2 1 gt gt C lt lt Installation steps Pre installation inspection Seat belt with pre tensioner Seat belt pre tensioner connector Center pillar trim upper Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 Center pillar trim lower Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 Center pillar trim upper cap Refer to GROUP 52A Trims P 52A 11 Negative battery cable Post installation inspection MB991827 M U T IIl USB Cabl
121. cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 99 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector Corme terminals 1 2 and body ground e It should be an open circuit connector front view Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B10 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 91181 76 ae AC608812FJ STEP 5 Check harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and knee air bag module connector C 39 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switc
122. center panel connector C 124 terminal No 11 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector 3 Disconnect the instrument center panel connector C 124 4 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 18 and the instrument center panel connector C 124 terminal No 11 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair the harness wires Then go to Step 5 C 124 Harness side connector front view Cw C 37 Harness side 8 71615 413 gt connector front view 16151413121019 12111019 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 242322210019 608812 STEP 5 Measure the voltage at the instrument center panel connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the C 124 instrument center panel connector 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Ignition switch ON 5 Measure the voltage between the C 124 harness side connector terminal No 8 and body ground E e The voltage should measure approximately 12 volts C battery positive voltage 124 Harness
123. code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check for any diagnostic trouble code Check the side impact sensor LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Alternate the side impact sensor LH and side impact sensor RH and then install the alternated sensors 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC U0175 set YES Replace the side impact sensor LH with a new one Refer to P 52B 402 Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 4 STEP 4 Check the harness wires for open circuit or short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 49 and 50 and side impact sensor LH connector D 26 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 49 and 50 and side impact sensor LH connector D 26 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side impact sensor LH connector D 26 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DT
124. from D 15 interme diate connector front side directly as the connector con tact pressure may be weakened 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 41 and the intermediate connector D 15 terminal No 1 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 42 and the intermediate connector D 15 terminal No 2 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness between the C 36 harness side connector terminal No 41 42 and the D 15 intermediate connector floor harness side terminal No 1 2 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking button S 27 Flat tipped screwdriver AC609928AB D 15 Intermediate connector module side Short spring NEUE An tie 2 lt 22 mm or more AC700119AH MB991884 F 24 Harness side connector AC201287DK D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view Resistor harness connector i AC608812FQ 52B 133 STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the D 15 intermediate connector terminal No 1 2 and the F 28 curtain air bag module harness side connector terminal No 1 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying
125. impact sensor output DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 171 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Check the side impact sensor 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 A side impact sensor is checked in the following way e Replace the left side impact sensor In case of code B1B72 Regardless of Active or Stored faults with the new parts e Replace the right side impact sensor In case of code B1B75 Regardless of Active or Stored faults with the new parts 3
126. may be defective TSB Revision 52B 340 MB991827 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Accuracy check is performed Then go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Zero calibration of occupant classification ECU 2 Erase the DTC 3 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 4 Check if DTC is set 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES
127. memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC 1 00 1st squib gt or B1B04 lt 2nd squib gt sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 608812 NO Goto Step 6 1 4 Telit 6 O 2nd squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view e 5 4 7 6 5 4 3 1 AC608812EX STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 1st squib gt or terminal No 9 and 10 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 2nd squib gt Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 1st squib gt or terminal No 9 and 10 lt 2nd squib gt and clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and clock spring connector C 208 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B00 1st squib gt or B1B04
128. memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B20 set YES Go to Step 4 NO GotoStep 5 TSB Revision 52B 144 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 10 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness A CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more C 36 Harness side connector front view 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 0 02 inch thick between terminal 39 40 and the short spring to release the short spring Terminal SCICICICI 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507303BZ C 36 Harness side connector front view 544434
129. meters 20 feet away from obstacles and other people Do not perform deployment outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the air bag module downwind from the battery 1 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A CAUTION Once disconnected both electrodes of the knee air bag module connector short automatically to prevent acciden tal deployment caused by static etc Still in consideration of possible accidental deployment store the air bag mod ule on flat place with deployment surface facing up Do not put anything on it 2 Remove the air bag module from the vehicle Refer to P 52B 398 3 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulator tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the air bags from being unintentionally deployed because of the static and others 4 Connect the special tool MB991885 to the knee air bag module Connection Deployment wires 5 Pass the thick wire through the hole of air bag module mounting bracket When with the air bag module deployment surface facing upward fit the module to the ol
130. module LH F 28 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Check for continuity between the D 15 intermediate connector module side terminal No 1 2 and body ground It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B18 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision
131. module connector S AC306760 AU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the passenger s front air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 3 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side connector C 14 terminal No 1 and 2 1st squib gt or terminal No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing 6 Connect the negative battery terminal A CAUTION Always DTC B1BOE is set when checking DTC B1BOB This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1BOE is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC 1 is set when checking DTC B1BOF because the first side terminal is isolated 7 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the passengers front air bag module Refer to P 52B 393 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 93 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the passenger s
132. more is detected the side impact sensor sends the coded acceleration data to TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS SRS ECU Based on the acceleration data e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors SRS ECU determines the necessity of side air bag e Malfunction of the side impact sensor LH and curtain air bag deployment and then turns ON e Malfunction of the SRS ECU the power supply circuit to the inflator MB991827 AC608435 AB DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision d SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 286 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble
133. s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The CAN bus line may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C l e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 269 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the i ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set Y uU YES Go to Step 2 NO The trouble can be an intermittent malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points How to ll Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15
134. scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 307 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Measure the resistance at occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 1 Disconnect the connector D 39 1 2 Check for continuity between D 39 1 harness side 2 an connector terminals 1 3 5 7 9 and body ground B
135. side connector front view fw n i 1 Q Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts battery positive voltage YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness between the fusible link 34 and the C 124 instrument center panel connector terminal No 8 TSB Revision 52B 38 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1206 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1207 Passenger s Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Short Circuit between Circuit Terminal Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Drive Circuit ETACS ECU C 317 HAKL s e 12 131415 5 Ore m 8 INSTRUMENT CENTER PANEL C 124 INTERFACE CIRCUIT 3 t i B i5 E s is AIR BAG OFF A INDICATOR LIGHT PASSENGER S SIDE 111 lt 5
136. side connector front view Terminal C3 C3 C3 c3 c3 c3 c3 Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and the driver s seat belt pre tensioner D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 and measure at the wiring harness side For connector D 25 use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 45 46 and the short spring to release the short spring
137. signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the knee air bag module will deploy W8G52M033A AC708950AB DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod ule squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit between the knee air bag module squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 111 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the knee air bag mod ule from deploying unintentionally due to static elec tricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are discon nected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 37 or C 39 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP
138. the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 177 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1BC7 SRS ECU Record Data Full System CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If the diagnostic trouble code B1BC7 is set to This DTC is set after the air bag deployment If this SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus DTC is set before the air bag is deployed an internal line failure may have occurred in SRS ECU CIRCUIT OPERATION If SRS ECU determines that a collision has occurred TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS it sends the ignition current to deploy the air bag It Malfunction of SRS ECU stores the deployment status If this DTC is set SRS ECU determines that the air bag has been deployed DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB99
139. the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 175 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES If DTC B1BA5 is set replace the SRS ECU YES If DTC code No B1BA5 and other codes set perform the troubleshooting for the corresponding code NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1BAA Occupant Classification ECU Configuration Mismatch CAUTION DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the DTC B1BAA is set diagnose the CAN If the information data and coding data on occupant main bus lines classification ECU do not suit The SRS ECU sets When replacing the ECU always check that the DTC B1BAA the communication circuit is normal TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective e The ETACS ECU may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIA
140. the following way e Replace the front impact sensor LH In case of code B1B70 Regardless of Active or Stored faults with new part e Replace the front impact sensor RH In case of code B1B71 Regardless of Active or Stored faults with new part 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is either DTC No B1B70 or B1B71 set YES Go to Step 3 NO The procedure is complete STEP 3 Check the SRS ECU 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Replace the SRS ECU with a new one Refer to P 52B 383 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is either DTC No B1B70 or B1B71 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1B72 Malfunction of G sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor LH DTC B1B75 Malfunction of G sensor Inside Side Impact Sensor RH A CAUTION e Analog G sensor is not operating If the diagnostic trouble code 1 72 or 1 75 Analog G sensor characteristics are abnormal set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN e Analog G sensor output is abnormal main bus line TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of side impact sensor LH for DTC These DTCs are set if the following conditions are B1B72 and side impact sensor RH for DTC detected from the analog G sensor inside the side B1B75
141. to per lines form the normal data transmission occupant classifi When replacing the ECU always check that cation ECU determines that an abnormality is the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the signal from SRS ECU cannot be received the present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective occupant classification system sets DTC U0151 The SRS ECU may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C l e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 345 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 ut 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Dia
142. to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness A CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 41 42 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Check for continuity between C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 41 42 and body ground It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking button mu S piter M Flat tipped screwdriver AC609928AB D 15 Intermediate connector module side Short spring Ts Cable tie a 22 700119 D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view AC608812FO 52B 121 STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the D 15 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 28 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag
143. tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 Dummy resistor 39 Resistor harness CAUTION lt Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring side of driver s air bag module connector C 204 terminal No 1 and api 2 1st squib gt or No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing module 5 Connect the negative battery terminal AC306758 AY A CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B03 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B07 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the driver s air bag module Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 8 TSB Revision 52B 68 MB991865 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991866 ind e harness z C 208 Clock spring connector AC306767AR SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the clock spring 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the termina
144. 14 J 08951 A CAUTION If DTC B1B0A 1st squib gt or B1BOE 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate W8G52M032A e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module to inflate the air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s front air bag module squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Open circuit in the passenger s front air bag module squib circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 84 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991817 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resister e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition sw
145. 1866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 180 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 Dummy resistor 3 Q MB991866 x Resistor harness Harness side amp connector D 34 Side airbag module LH connec
146. 1910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 279 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 MB991827 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 280 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check for any diagnostic trouble code Check the front impact sensor
147. 1958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision i SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 178 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Check if the DTC is set 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Are any Stored or Active DTC B1BC7 set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1C27 Side air bag Module LH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Side airbag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 Z qa 31 32 33 34 35 36 3 7 38 39 40 4 1 42 43 as 4 NIU 47 48149150151 52 53 54155 56 5758 59 60 616 n CONNECTOR LOCK i SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON
148. 1958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 4 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the ETACS N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS Refer to GROUP 54 ETACS Diagnosis 54 582 NO Check the input signal of ETACS ECU ignition switch IG1 Refer to GROUP 54A 5 Symptom procedures P 54A 642 Than go to step 5 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 263 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 6
149. 1958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Power supply fuse check Q Is the fuse in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Go to Step 2 STEP 2 Wiring harness check between the fusible link 34 and the D 39 2 occupant classification ECU connector terminal No 21 e Short circuit check for SRS ECU power supply wire Q Is the check result normal YES Replace the power supply fuse NO Repair the wiring harness And than replace the power supply fuse TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 337 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Battery check Refer to GROUP 544A Battery Test P 54A 9 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Charge or replace the battery STEP 4 Measure the voltage at the ETACS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the C 309 ETACS ECU connector 2 Measure the voltage between the C 309 harness side connector terminal No 1 and the body ground e The voltage should measure 12 volts battery positive voltage C 309 Harness side connector rear view Q Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts battery positive voltage YES Go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 AC709344AE STEP 5 Wiring harness check between the fusible link 34 and the C 309 ETACS
150. 1st squib side Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness gt Clock spring Driver s air bag module 2nd squib side Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Replace the clock spring Instrument panel wiring harness gt Passenger s front air bag module 2nd squib side Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness CAN line Correct or replace CAN line Instrument panel wiring harness gt Ground Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness Air bag OFF indicator light Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Front wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness Front impact sensor wiring harness Front impact sensor LH Correct or replace each wiring harness Front wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness Front impact sensor wiring harness Front impact sensor RH Correct or replace each wiring harness Floor wiring harness Side air bag module LH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness Floor wiring harness Side air bag module RH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness Floor wiring harness Rear floor wiring harness RH Curtain air bag module RH Correct or replace each wiring harness Floor wiring harness Rear floor wiring harness LH Curtain air bag module LH Correct or replace each w
151. 1st squib gt or B1B04 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line Connectors C 204 C 208 _ TSB Revision W8G52M031A o Ac 208 Y NG _ C 1 P A m AC708953AB CIRCUIT OPERATION SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 43 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance by detecting signals from the front impact sensors between the input terminals of the driver s air bag and the front air bag analog G sensor If the module squib impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is sent to the air bag module via the clock spring to inflate the air bag MB991827 AC608435 AB e Malfunction of the clock spring e Damaged harness wires and connectors e Short to the ground in the driver s air bag module squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Us
152. 2 n oO Q 61160 59 58 5 7 AC608812FS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 39 40 and body ground It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness Q O TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking Kea button Flat tipped screwdriver AC609834AB D 10 Intermediate connector module side Short spring p tie a kE a 22 mm or more AC700119 AJ D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view B A Q AC608812GW 52B 145 STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the D 10 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 04 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module RH F 04 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 10 inter
153. 2 Air Bag Inflation Adapter Harness e MB991885 Adapter Harness Z WARNING If the vehicle is to be scrapped or otherwise dis posed of deploy the air bags and operate the seat belt pre tensioners inside the vehicle If the vehicle will continue to be used and only the air bag mod ules and seat belt pre tensioner are to be disposed of deploy the air bags and operate the seat belt pre tensioners outside the vehicle Since a large amount of smoke is produced when the air bag is deployed and the seat belt pre ten sioner is operated avoid residential areas when ever possible Since there is a loud noise when the air bags are deployed and when the seat belt pre tensioners are operated avoid residential areas whenever possible If anyone is nearby give warning of the impending noise Suitable ear protection should be worn by person nel performing these procedures or by people in the immediate area DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE gt 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle 3 Remove the cover Ref
154. 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C39 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1C3A Driver s Pre tensioner Squib System Squib Circuit Open Seat Belt Pre Tensioner LH Squib Circuit 41 18 49 50 51 2 53 5455 56 57 58 59 60 6 62 SRS ECU 6 36 31 82 33 34 35 36 31 38 39 40 41 0243144 45 46 zamm am eam a SESS Ss a CONNECTOR w LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR SEAT BELT LOCK x PRE TENSIONER LH ON SWITCH D 25 W8G52M039A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 223 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 N be AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C3A is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy Connector D 25 DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of
155. 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C4A set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 255 DTC B210D Battery Abnormal Low Voltage IG1 Power Supply Circuit IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH IG1 LINK 4 Lu E IH I TT2 3 4 n spopou 12 jug c 317 6 1 c 309 2 ETACS ECU Y IG1 EN RELAY ON OFF 09 7 5A 7 4 B 2 0 913 frem eee 8 91101112131411516 e ac gt 18 5 JOINT CONNECTOR 4 0 43 0 27 TT O 3 415 1121 3 41 5 617 8 9 10 11 7 3 el lelo 101112 T o 115 e x 31 3283 3485 36137 38189 2041 42143 4445 46 gt 61 62 0 36 EI d SRS ECU d C E y POWER SUPPLY GND V 17 0
156. 27 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light 1 It is checked whether the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is normal Refer to P 52B 30 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace instrument center panel Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P 52A 2 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRA
157. 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 318 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS D 32 Harness side connector rear view D 39 2 Harness side connector rear view AC608812HM SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the harness for open circuit between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 27 and 29 and the seat slide sensor connector D 32 terminal No 2 and 1 1 Disconnect occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 and seat slide sensor connector D 32 CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 2 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should b
158. 28 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module LH F 28 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Check for continuity between the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side terminal No 1 and 2 It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Replace the curtain air bag module LH Refer to P 52B 409 Then go to Step 7 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 140 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B1B set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383
159. 37 Harness side connector front view 9 yup Cable tie A 3 654 Vr ooon E Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302BI 1st squib gt 8 Measure the voltage between C 37 harness side connector C 37 Harness side terminals 7 8 lt 1st squib gt 11 12 lt 2nd squib gt connector front view E and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt 121111109 t T fEl 61514131211 Q Is the measured voltage within the specified range YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC 1 09 1st squib gt B1BOD lt 2nd squib gt sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Go to Step 5 2 lt 2 squib gt C 37 Harness side v connector front view 9 817 615 4 3 211 AC608813BC TSB Revision 52B 82 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 lt 1st squib gt terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt Q Are th
160. 39 2 terminal 27 and 29 and the seat slide sensor D 32 terminal 2 and 1 YES Go to Step 5 NO The wiring harness may be damaged or the connector s may have loose corroded or damaged terminals or terminals pushed back in the connector Repair the wiring harness as necessary STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster LH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 316 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B8D Seat Slide Sensor Open Circuit Seat Slide Sensor Circuit OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 2 DADA ODD FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH BLACK PINK SKY BLUE SEAT SLIDE SENSOR LH HALL IC D 32 W8G52M047A Ps R ee D 39 D 39 2 Connectors D 32 D 39 D 39 2 E A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1B8D is set in the occupant classifica This DTC is set
161. 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Using scan tool MB991958 read the occupant classification ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC B210D or B210E is set the occupant classifi cation ECU Q Is the DTC B210D or B210E set YES Diagnose the occupant classification ECU NO Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 TSB Revision 52B 328 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1BBC Occupant Classification System Negative System Weight A CAUTION If DTC B1BBC is set in the occupant classifica tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The load data from the weight sensor is classified with the occupant classification ECU and its classi fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the inflator DTC SET CONDITION This DTC is set if the passenger seat weight is 15 Kg 35 pound or less TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS An object is caught in between the passenger seat and floor DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool
162. 40 Harness side connector AC201287EM Resistor harness side connector C 36 Harness side connector front view MERREN 0139138 37 3635834133 32 31 E 71128575655 545362 515090807 608812 0 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Connect D 40 harness side connector to special tool MB991884 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and the spe cial tool terminal No 1 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 44 and the spe cial tool terminal No 2 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C49 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C49 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 249 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS
163. 4C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 30 Resistor harness D 10 Intermediate connector D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 Al 52B 143 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 10 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code
164. 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1B12 is set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag deployment gt gt B lt lt KNEE AIR BAG MODULE INSTALLATION N CAUTION e Take care not to bend or distort the knee air bag when installing it e Take care that the surrounding components do not trap the air bag e Take care that the front pillar trim clips or other parts do not interfere with the strap Connect the knee air bag module connector then securely lock the locking button of the harness side connector gt gt C lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Connect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and go out 4 f yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 401 KNEE AIR BAG MODULE INSPECTION M1524044 100060 KNE
165. 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 54 60 61 62 a o CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR LOCK x SWITCH SIDE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB RH Connector C 36 708951 0 CAUTION If DTC B1C2C is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate W8G52M038A AC708954 AF e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the power supply in the side air bag module RH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 201 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicl
166. 52B 1 GROUP 52B SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION 52B 3 TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART 52B 357 SYMPTOM PROCEDURES 52B 358 SERVICE PRECAUTIONS 52B 25 DATA LIST REFERENCE TABLE 52B 367 ACTUATOR TEST REFERENCE TABLE 52B 368 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 28 FAIL SAFE FUNCTION REFERENCE INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS 52B 28 TABLE Aa aaa ad aa a a a a a aa C od 52B 368 TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY 52B 28 7 222 ee on a gta SAAN i AMEN 52B 368 SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK 52B 30 PASSENGER S SEAT BELT WARNING SPECIAL TOOLS 52B 369 LIGHT 52B 30 PASSENGER S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT 528 30 52B 370 MSRSECU OE POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS 528 371 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES lt SRS ECU gt 528 35 INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE52B 377 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU 52B 297 Continued on next page DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES lt OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU gt 52B 300 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING A WARNING e Carefully read and observe the information in the SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS prior to any service For information concern
167. 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C2C set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 204 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C2D Side air bag Module RH Squib System Squib Circuit Open Side airbag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 a 31 32 33 34 35136 37 38 3940 41 42 434 45 46 47 48149 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 54 60 61 62 a o CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LOCK x SWITCH D 36 Connector C 36 708951 0 CAUTION If DTC B1C2D is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this ti
168. 6 Resister harness e MB991884 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 154 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 30
169. 707283 AC TSB Revision 52B 382 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS warning light mE o D 2002 A CRUISE AC709154AB INSPECTION A WARNING If a dent crack deformation or rust is detected replace with a new sensor NOTE For checking of the front impact sensor other than described below refer to the section concerning SRS diagnosis Refer to P 52B 31 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION When installing the new front impact sensor refer to INSPEC TION gt gt B lt lt FRONT IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION A WARNING The SRS may not activate properly if a front impact sensor is not installed properly which could result in serious injury or death to the vehicle s driver 1 Securely connect the connector 2 Position the front impact sensor facing toward the front of the vehicle as indicated by the arrow on the label and install it securely gt gt C lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition key to ON position 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and then go out 4 f yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not consult page P 52B 31 M1524001600761 1 Check the front impact sensor and bracket for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the conne
170. 8 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the occupant classification ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the occupant classification ECU NO Goto Step STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 273 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0155 Combination Meter CAN Timeout A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U0155 is set be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if the CAN main bus line SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal When re
171. 94 F or more After servicing the SRS system check the warning light operation to make sure that the system func tions properly Refer to P 52B 3 e Make certain that the ignition switch is in the LOCK OFF position when the scan tool is con nected or disconnected TSB Revision 52B 28 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS INTRODUCTION TO DIAGNOSIS The SRS system is controlled by the SRS ECU The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detect ing signals from the left and right front impact sen sors and side impact sensors front air bag analog G sensor and front air bag safing G sensor and side airbag safing G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate The passenger s air bag may not inflate according to the occupant detection data from the occupant classification ECU The TROUBLESHOOTING STRATEGY Use these steps to plan your diagnostic strategy If you follow them carefully you will be sure that you have exhausted all of the possible ways to find a SRS fault 1 Gather information about the problem from the customer 2 Verify that the condition described by the customer exists 3 Check the vehicle for any SRS diagnostic trouble codes SRS DTC 4 f you cannot verify the condition but there are no SRS DTCs the malfunc
172. 958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Erase the DTC 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 4 Check if the DTC is set 5 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS Diagnosis 54 582 NO Check the input signal of ETACS ECU ignition switch IG1 Refer to GROUP 54A ETACS Symptom procedures P 54A 642 Than go to step 7 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 258 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 8 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is
173. A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 3 After disconnecting the C 39 harness side connectors connect the connectors again For the C 39 connector disconnection use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it to ward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 Connector the negative battery terminal 5 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B13 set YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1B13 set because connector C 37 or C 39 was engaged improperly TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 113 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the knee air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the Se a harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two on Pre tensioner stages and then disconnect the connector E m Harness side Flat tipped screwdriver N AC609126AC 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 DEFY easter ee erence 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the C 39 harness side connect
174. AGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance by detecting signals from the front impact sensors between the input terminals of the driver s air bag and the front air bag analog G sensor If the module squib impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module via the clock spring to inflate the air bag MB991827 AC608435 AB e Malfunction of the clock spring e Damaged harness wires and connectors e Short to the power supply in the driver s air bag module squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignit
175. AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the MB991827 scan tool P 52B 28 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the occupant classification ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC is set to the occupant classification ECU Q Is DTC set YES Diagnose the occupant classification ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENT
176. AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC U0171 set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC U0172 Side Impact Sensor LH Communication Error Side Impact Sensor LH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 a li 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43144 45 46 I 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 V o N 49 50 5 ceo 5 C lt 1 2 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR LH P 0 26 ACCELERO METER 929 W8G52M044A J AC708951AD 708955 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 285 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS CAUTION If DTC U0172 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION DTC SET CONDITIONS These DTCs are set if communication between the side impact sensor LH and the SRS ECU is not possible or faulty If an impact of set value or
177. AIR BAG MODULE S REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A WARNING e Never attempt to disassemble or repair the curtain air bag modules If faulty replace it Do not drop the curtain air bag modules or allow contact with water grease or oil Replace it if a dent crack deformation or rust is detected Do not expose the curtain air bag modules to temperatures over 93 200 F After deployment of the air bag replace the air bag module with a new one Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed An undeployed curtain air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat be sure to carry out accuracy check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle On vehicle Service P 52B 378 M1524013500288 Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position 2 7 0 3 0 N m 62 27 in Ib 7 0 3 0 62 27 in Ib 608584 Removal steps Installation steps lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative J battery cable gt gt A lt lt Pre installation inspection e Headlining Refer to GROUP 52 gt gt B lt lt 3 Curtain air bag module Headlining P 52A 17 gt gt C lt lt 2 Curtain air bag module connector lt lt B gt gt 2 Curtain air bag module connector e Headlining Refer to GROUP 52 lt lt
178. AL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 174 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC B1BA5 SRS ECU squib count mismatch A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1BA5 is set in the SRS ECU always diag If an SRS ECU different from the unit compatible nose the CAN main bus line to vehicle is accidentally installed this DTC will be set If SRS ECU for the vehicles with side air CIRCUIT OPERATION bag is installed to the vehicles without side air SRS ECU monitors the resistance value of each bag However the DTC is not set in the reverse squib circuit on the vehicle If any of the resistance case values is outside the normal range SRS ECU sets f an open circuit occurs to the squib circuit this the DTC DTC will be set TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e SRS ECU incorrect installation e Squib specification mismatch DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose
179. B991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 275 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 ut 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the A C diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the A C ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the A C NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open
180. B992102 MB992102 Air bag inflation adapter harness Deployment of driver s and passenger s front air bag module inside or outside the vehicle ex MB992006 MB992006 General service tool Continuity check and voltage Extra fine probe measurement at harness wire or connector for loose corroded or damaged terminals or terminals pushed back in the connector TEST EQUIPMENT Name M1524000800513 Use 000019 Digital multi meter Use a multi meter for which the maximum test current is 2 mA or less at the minimum range of resistance measurement Checking the SRS electrical circuitry with SRS check harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 371 POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS To inspect and service the SRS after a collision whether or not the air bags have deployed perform the following steps SRS ECU MEMORY CHECK Required Special Tool MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 16 pin 2 Read and write down all di
181. BLESHOOTING HINTS DTC SET CONDITIONS Malfunction of front impact sensor LH for DTC These DTCs are set if the following conditions are B1B70 and front impact sensor RH for DTC detected from the analog G sensor inside the front B1B71 impact sensor output e Analog G sensor is not operating DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 170 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Check the front impact sensor 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 A front impact sensor is checked in
182. C is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC U0172 set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 287 DTC U0175 Side Impact Sensor RH Communication Error Side Impact Sensor RH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 m 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39140 41 V I 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 5960 61 62 NX Iu 52 51 x uu si a 22 1 2 SIDE IMPACT 1 SENSOR RH CPU D 41 ACCELERO l METER COSY W8G52M045A Connector 36 AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC U0175 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION If an impact of set value or more is detected the side impact sensor sends the coded acceleration data to SRS ECU Based on the acceleration data SRS ECU determines the necessity of side air bag and curtain air bag deployment and then turns ON the power supply circuit to the inflator
183. CK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check for any diagnostic trouble code Check the front impact sensor RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Alternate the front impact sensor RH and front impact sensor LH and then install the alternated sensors 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC U0170 set YES Replace the front impact sensor RH with a new one Refer to P 52B 380 Go to Step 5 NO Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Check the harness wires for open circuit or short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 23 and 24 and front impact sensor RH connector A 52 terminal No 2 and 1 NOTE After inspecting intermediate connector A 42 C 131 inspect the wiring harness If the intermediate connector A 42 C 131 is damaged repair or replace it Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 23 and 24 and front impact sensor RH connector A 52 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and front impact sensor RH connector A 52 TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 284 SRS
184. CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR SIDE AIR BAG MODULE f LOCK SQUIB LH ON SWITCH D 34 W8G52M037A Connector D 34 m C A emi 40 0 34 Y AC708951AD AC708954AD N CAUTION e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag If DTC B1C2A is set in the SRS ECU always diag module to inflate the side air bag nose the CAN bus lines DTC SET CONDITIONS CIRCUIT OPERATION This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is between the input terminals of the side air bag mod by detecting signals from the side impact sensor LH squib installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 192 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a Improper engaged connector or defective short Short spring which prevents the air bag from spring deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by e Short circuit between the side air bag module shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the LH squib circuit terminals squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Damaged connector s Refer to P 52B 3 Th
185. Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C47 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 239 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C48 Front Passenger s Pre tensioner Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Seat Belt Pre Tensioner RH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 nu 31 32 33 34 35 lt LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR x ON CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER RH D 40 Connector C 36 AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C48 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy W8G52M040A Connector D 40 p AC708954 AH DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harness
186. Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 246 I Pre tensioner H WV SAG 5 Harness side ji connector M screwdriver SY ri XI Cy NS Locking 969 button 7 2 On ZX BEE ae __ __ 609576 MB991884 Resistor harness Dummy resistor 3 D 40 Harness side connector AC301553CC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 40 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C49 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passenger s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 5 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 247 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever l Pre tensioner AN By LS Harness side j Flat tipped connector 7 Ll M screwdriver 1
187. DIAGNOSIS DTC B1BA8 Occupant classification ECU Out of Calibration not Calibrated A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITION If DTC B1BA8 is set in the occupant classifica This DTC is set when the 30 Kg 66 pounds system always diagnose the main bus and 0 Kg 0 pound system have not been executed CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The load data from the weight sensor is classified e Zero calibration not executed with the occupant classification ECU and its classi e 30 Kg 66 pounds system and 0 Kg 0 pound fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus system not executed line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the inflator DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools e MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF po
188. DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO Goto Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 220 ANA Flat tipped screwdriver Harness side connector SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991865 Dummy resistor 3 D 25 Harness side connector MB991884 Resistor harness AC301553CB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 25 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C39 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 221 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever AC507645 AC f ces at tipped screwdriver vel
189. E AIR BAG MODULE CHECK A DANGER Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the air bag modules squib even if you are using the specified tester If the circuit resistance is measured with a tester accidental air bag deployment will result and possible serious personal injury Z WARNING If any component damage is found during the follow ing inspection replace the air bag module with a new one Dispose of the old one according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 Check the inflator surface for cracks dents or deformations 2 Check the air bag for breakage 3 Check the connector for damage the terminal for deformation and the harness for binding Inflator AC709473AB TSB Revision 52B 402 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SIDE IMPACT SENSOR SIDE IMPACT SENSOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A WARNING M1524004600986 e Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side impact sensor If faulty replace it e Do not drop or subject the side impact sensor to impact or vibration Replace the side impact sensor if dents cracking deformation or rust are present e Replace the side impact sensor after the side and curtain air bag has deployed Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition key to the LOCK OFF position Side impact sensor removal steps lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative J battery cable gt gt lt lt e
190. ECU C 04 Combination meter C 37 Y SRS ECU TSB Revision C 39 B C 40 B C 124 C 204 Y C 208 Y D 25 B D 26 Y D 32 GR D 34 Y D 36 Y D 37 B D 39 D 40 B D 41 Y F 04 B F 28 B SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION Knee air bag module Date link connector Center panel unit Driver s air bag module Clock spring Seat belt pre tensioner LH Side impact sensor LH Seat slide sensor Side air bag module LH Side air bag module RH Seat belt switch Passenger s side Front seat assembly RH weight sensor occupant classification ECU Seat belt pre tensioner RH Side impact sensor RH Curtain air bag module R Curtain air bag module L I SIE TSB Revision 52B 13 52B 14 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION CIRCUIT DIAGRAM A WARNING e Do not repair splice or modify the SRS wiring except for specific repairs to the instru ment panel wiring harness and the floor wiring harness shown on P 52B 25 replace the wiring if necessary after reading and following all precautions and procedures in this manual e Do not use an analog ohmmeter to check the SRS wiring or components use only the special tools refer to P 52B 369 and a digital multi meter refer to P 52B 28 A CAUTION Improper services cause the system to be inoperative Do not disassemble or tamper with the SRS components to prevent the seriou
191. ED OFF CONNECTOR LOU SWITCH CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR POMBAR CK F 04 lg ITCH W8G52M035A Connector D 1 0 AC708951AD ul AC708955AC TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 153 AC708970AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B22 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module RH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Open circuit in the curtain air bag module RH squib circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C I MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB99186
192. EM SRS 52B 333 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1CB2 Occupant Classification ECU Parameter Table Incompatible DTC B2212 Occupant Classification ECU Internal Failure DTC B2250 Occupant Classification ECU not Parameter Flash Required DTC B2262 Occupant Classification ECU Electrostatic Discharge Event Detected A CAUTION TROUBLE JUDGMENT If DTC B1CB2 B2212 B2250 B2262 is set in the The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in occupant classification ECU always diagnose the circuit inside the occupant classification ECU the CAN main bus lines TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C l e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Ref
193. GNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 176 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the ETACS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the ETACS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to
194. HICLE PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING l Instrument panel wiring S S harness side connector 4 pin yellow n es Wy Outer housing air bag module connector the passenger s e Jj AC609051AB Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle Remove the glove box cover Refer to GROUP 52A Glove Box 52 6 Slide the outer housing of passenger s front air bag module connector in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector NOTE When the passenger s front air bag module con nector is disconnected from the instrument panel wiring har ness side connector the four pins of inflator connector are automatically shorted This prevents the unintentional deployment of passenger s front air bags caused by the static or others TSB Revision 52B 420 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Connection Deployment wires MB992102 A V 6 m 20 ft or longer Insulator tape AC502991Al
195. HOOTING HINTS Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors Short to the power supply in the weight sensor harness Open circuit in the weight sensor harness Malfunction of the weight sensor Malfunction of occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 310 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the i
196. Harness side 9 connector C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section AA Cable tie ALY ra 4 Luu L LI Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507303 CC C 36 Harness side connector front view C Q 38 37 36 35 34 m 32 20139 33132 160595857 96 55 54153 52 5 1504948 58 AC608813BJ STEP 4 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the c
197. Harness side connector rear view C 36 Harness side connector front view a meneran possiseis7elssisdsgaciey 2 fede bsp 7 bes 545352 tour 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C29 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C29 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 191 DTC B1C2A Side air bag Module LH Squib System Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals Side airbag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 a F 0 31 3233134 35 36 31138 394081 4214314405 4 E I L I I I I I N 4148 49 50551 5253 5455 565 7 58 59 60 6 116 a o CONNECTOR LOCK i SWITCH NOTE
198. IAGNOSIS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS THE MOST e The SRS ECU is energized by the ignition switch 161 through multi purpose fuse 18 and the LIKELY CAUSES FOR THIS CASE SRS ECU terminal 61 and multi purpose fuse 12 and the SRS ECU terminal 62 e f the power supply to the SRS ECU has failed scan tool M U T IIl Sub Assembly will not be able to communicate with it C 37 Harness side connector front view o o 121110 9 8 7 6 4 3 2 1 2423 22 2 1 2011 911 8 71 611 5 1 4 1 3 5 E AC608812HC e Damaged wiring harness or connector Defective battery Charging system failed Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Resistance measurement at the C 37 SRS ECU connectors 1 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connectors 2 Take the measurements below at the C 37 wiring harness side connectors e Continuity between C 37 wiring harness side connector terminal No 17 and body ground OK Continuity Less than 2 ohm
199. INT SYSTEM SRS 52B 41 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Resistance measurement at the C 124 instrument center panel connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the C 124 instrument center panel connector 3 Take the measurements below at the instrument center panel side connector It should be open circuit e Continuity between terminal No 11 and ground Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace instrument center panel Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument Panel Assembly P 52A 2 STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the C 37 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector 3 Take the measurements below at the SRS ECU connector It should be open circuit e Continuity between terminal No 18 and body ground C 37 Harness side connector front view 121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Q Is it open circuit YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harnesses between the C 37 SRS ECU connector terminal No 18 and the C 124 instrument center panel connector terminal No 11 242322212019 14 AC608812HL STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC
200. ISION DIAGNOSIS AIR BAG MODULES 1 Check the pad cover for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the connector for damage terminal deformities and the harness for binding 3 Check the air bag inflator case for dents cracks or deformities 4 Install the air bag module driver s side to the steering wheel to check installation or alignment with the steering wheel 5 Install the air bag module front passenger s side to the instrument panel and front deck crossmember to check installation or alignment FRONT SEATBACK ASSEMBLY SIDE AIR BAG MODULE 1 Check the air bag module deployment section for dents or deformation 2 Check that there is no connector damage bent terminals or harness crimping TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 375 POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS O Q N ASA x me O Side im n el pact sensor aS gt a A N AC605684AD AC709454 AB CLOCK SPRING 1 Check the clock spring connectors and protective tube for damage and the terminals for deformation 2 Visually check the case for damage SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 1 Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the center pillar 2 Check that there is no denting breakage or bending of the side impact sensor 3 Check that there is no harness crimping connector damage or bent terminals NOTE The illustrati
201. If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module LH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the ground in the curtain air bag module LH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 118 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN
202. Instru ment Panel Assembly P 52A 2 Slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 2 Check the following parts and replace if there are any malfunctions Clock spring Refer to P 52B 386 Seat slide sensor Seat belt switch Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Belt Inspection P 52A 29 Steering wheel steering column shaft assembly 1 Check the wiring harness built into the steering wheel and connectors for damage and terminals for deformation 2 Install the air bag module to check fit and alignment with the steering wheel 3 Check the steering wheel for noise binding or difficult operation and excessive free play 4 Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing mechanism Refer to GROUP 37 On Vehicle Service Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check 3 Check the wiring harnesses for binding the connectors for damage poor connections and the terminals for deformation Refer to P 52B 25 WHEN SIDE AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A COLLISION 1 Replace the following parts with new ones e SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 e Side impact sensors Refer to P 52B 402 e Front seatback Refer to GROUP 52 Front Seat Assem bly P 52A 24 e Slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 524A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 2 Check the wiring harnesses for binding the connectors for damage poor connections and the terminals for deformation Refer to P 52B 25 TSB Revision
203. K OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the satellite radio tuner diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the satellite radio tuner Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the satellite radio NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO The trouble can be an intermittent malfunction such as a poor connection or open circuit in the CAN bus lines between the satellite radio tuner and the ETACS ECU Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 293 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0197 Hands Free Module CAN Timeout A CAUTION the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA If the DTC U0197 is set be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determi
204. L b 2 991885 Deployment wire 6 m 20ft or longer Deployment wires AOR AC301520AJ ACX01308 Al 4 Use the flat tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of rear floor harness side connector After releasing the lock disconnect the connector NOTE If the curtain air bag module connector is discon nected from the rear floor wiring harness side connector both electrodes of the curtain air bag module connector will be automatically shorted to prevent unintended deployment of the curtain air bag module due to static electricity etc Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulation tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the curtain air bag module Connect the special tool MB991885 to the inflator and then pull out the deployment wire to outside the vehicle A WARNING e glass is scratched air bag deployment could cause it to crack and fly out of the vehicle so always put a cover over the vehicle 7 To suppress the deployment sound as much as possible completely close all door windows close the doors and put the cover on the vehicle TSB Revision 52B 426 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCED
205. LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Alternate the front impact sensor LH and front impact sensor RH and then install the alternated sensors 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC 00171 set YES Replace the front impact sensor LH with a new one Refer to P 52B 380 Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 4 STEP 4 Check the harness wires for open circuit or short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 21 and 22 and front impact sensor LH connector A 46 terminal No 2 and 1 NOTE After inspecting intermediate connector A 42 C 131 inspect the wiring harness If the intermediate connector A 42 C 131 is damaged repair or replace it Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 21 and 22 and front impact sensor LH connector A 46 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and front impact sensor LH connector A 46 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC U0170 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or
206. M U T IIl Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 329 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC B1BA7 set YES Check for an object caught in between the passenger seat and floor NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P
207. MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 332 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Perform the zero calibration NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYST
208. MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 324 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC B1BA7 set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 325 SRS AIR BAG
209. MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 NOTE If the battery voltage is low diagnostic trouble codes will not be set Check the battery if scan tool MB991958 does not display 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Select System select from the start up screen 4 Select From 2006 MY of Model Year When the Vehicle Information is displayed check the contents 5 Select SRS AIR BAG from System List and press the OK button NOTE When the Loading Option Setup list is displayed check the applicable item 6 Select Diagnostic Trouble Code T If a DTC is set itis shown MB991827 AGBDiSaH 8 Choose Erase DTCs to erase the DTC TSB Revision 52B 30 SRS warning light PE e AC709154 AB VE H Passenger s warning light YT Ve air bag Mg indicator light Aga Woe AC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SRS WARNING LIGHT CHECK M1524004300952 1 Check that the SRS warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds and then goes out 3 If not check for DTC PASSE
210. N The diagnosis unit monitors the SRS system and stores data concerning any detected faults in the system When the ignition switch is in ON or START position the SRS warning light should illuminate for about seven seconds and then turn OFF That indicates that the SRS system is in operational order If the SRS warning light does any of the following immediate inspection by an authorized dealer is needed 1 The SRS warning light does not illuminate as described above 2 The SRS warning light stays on for more than seven seconds 3 The SRS warning light illuminates while driving If a vehicle s SRS warning light is in any of these three condi tions the SRS system must be inspected diagnosed and ser viced in accordance with this manual TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 5 GENERAL INFORMATION CONSTRUCTION DIAGRAM lt Vehicles for USA gt SRS warning light A Vehicle 0 OME GD identification ONE P cela D A CRUISE SE CI code chart plate Wy gt 3 e 3210 0 987654 l Passenger s front Clock spring air bag module ries 100836 F NORMAL E lt Vehicles for CANADA gt SRS warning light Driver s air bag module 0 OO D soa A E cause mura A 3210 0 987654 F P n NORMAL E
211. N position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 289 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check for any diagnostic trouble code Check the side impact sensor RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Alternate the side impact sensor RH and side impact sensor LH and then install the alternated sensors 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Erase diagnostic trouble code from memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC U0172 set YES Replace the side impact sensor RH with a new one Refer to P 52B 402 Go to Step 5 NO Go to Step 4 STEP 4 Check the harness wires for open circuit or short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 51 and 52 and side impact sensor RH connector D 41 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 51 and 52 and side impact sensor RH connector D 41 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side impact sensor RH connector D 41 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC i
212. N INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and go out 4 If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 SRS warning light m 0 E BRAKE se BF AC709154 AB TSB Revision 52B 408 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SIDE AIRBAG MODULE S Side airbag module deployment section aS AC707634 AC INSPECTION M1524036700034 DANGER Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the air bag modules squib even if you are using the specified tester If the circuit resistance is measured with a tester accidental air bag deployment will result and possible serious personal injury Z WARNING e If any component damage is found during the fol lowing inspection replace the air bag module with a new one Dispose of the old one according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 e There must be no abnormality to the air bag deployment section of front seatback 1 Check the inflator surface for cracks dents or deformations 2 Check the air bag for breakage 3 Check the connector for damage the terminal for deformation and the harness for binding TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS ES GURIANARBAGMODULES B09 CURTAIN
213. N the power supply circuit to the inflator Data link MM Yi Q7 MB991910 gt 991827 608435 Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Malfunction of the front impact sensor RH e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 283 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LO
214. NGER S SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT CHECK M1524026200102 When an adult on the front passenger s seat wears the seat belt with the ignition switch ON confirm that the passenger s seat belt warning light goes out PASSENGER S AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT CHECK M1524026300187 SYSTEM CHECK 1 Check that the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 Check that it illuminates for approximately seven seconds and then goes out 3 If not check for DTC TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 31 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS CONTINUITY CHECK 1 Remove the instrument center panel 2 Connect the positive battery terminal with the instrument center panel connector terminal No 8 Then check if the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated when the negative battery terminal and the instrument center panel connector terminal No 11 are connected 3 If the passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is illuminated it is judged good AC609727AB DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART lt SRS ECU gt A CAUTION During diagnosis a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is turned on with connector s disconnected After completing the repair
215. NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 6 Resistance measurement at the C 37 SRS ECU connector 1 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connectors 2 Take the measurements below at the C 37 wiring harness side connectors It should be less than 2 ohms e Continuity between C 37 wiring harness side connector terminal No 17 and body ground C 37 Harness side connector front view 121110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 21 1 2423222 1420 1 9 18 14 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 7 NO Repair the wiring harness between the C 37 SRS ECU connector terminal No 17 and the ground AC608812HA STEP 7 Measure the voltage at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal ETUDES 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Ignition switch ON TSB Revision 52B 264 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
216. No 12 gt e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 62 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 2 Fuse No 18 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 61 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 4 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 10 NO Replace the harness wire between SRS ECU connector C 36 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 STEP 10 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B210D set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 260 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B212C Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply Fuse No 12 Circuit DTC B212D Open Circuit to IG1 Power Supply Fuse No 18 Circuit IG1 Power Supply Circuit
217. ON e If the DTC U0195 is set be sure to diagnose the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal TROUBLE JUDGMENT If the signal from satellite radio tuner cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0195 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus may be defective e The satellite radio tuner may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 292 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOC
218. OUTPUT The following items can be read by the scan tool from the SRS ECU input data M1524003500351 Display on M U T III Check conditions Normal conditions SRS warning light ON Ignition switch ON OFF request After warning lamp pre check Ignition switch ON ON During warning lamp pre check Pass SRS light ON Ignition switch ON request After warning light pre check Ignition switch ON ON During warning light pre check Passenger s seatbelt Ignition switch ON Fastened switch After warning light pre check Wear the passenger seatbelt Ignition switch ON Unfastened After warning light pre check Undo the passenger seatbelt Passenger seat air bag Ignition switch ON Permission ignition After warning light pre check Apply a load to the passenger seat Ignition switch ON Prohibition After warning light pre check Undo a load from a passenger seat TSB Revision lt SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 368 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS The following items can be read by the scan tool from the occupant classification ECU input data Item No Display M U T III Check condition Normal condition 01 Passenger weight Apply a load to the passenger seat Load equivalent to passenger seat crew member load 02 Dr seat position sensor Slide the seat the back end to the 0 to 1 700 mA current front position 03 Dr seat position sensor
219. P 00 15 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 343 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0141 ETACS CAN Timeout A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U0141 is set in the occupant classi Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if fication ECU always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per form the normal data transmission occupant classifi bus lines When replacing the ECU always check that cation ECU determines that an abnormality is the communication circuit is normal present 4 2 she received TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective oo classification ECU sets the DTC The ETACS ECU may be defective i e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2
220. P 52A 24 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 322 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B91 Driver Seat Slide Sensor Configuration Mismatch A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1B91 is set in the occupant classifica These DTCs are set if there is an error in the coding tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus data of the occupant classification ECU lines TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL
221. P 52B 271 U0155 Combination meter CAN timeout P 52B 273 U0164 A C ECU CAN timeout P 52B 274 U0168 KOS ECU or WCM CAN timeout P 52B 276 U0170 Front impact sensor LH communication error P 52B 277 U0171 Front impact sensor RH communication error P 52B 281 U0172 Side impact sensor LH communication error P 52B 284 U0175 Side impact sensor RH communication error P 52B 287 U0184 Audio CAN timeout P 52B 290 U0195 Satellite radio tuner CAN timeout P 52B 291 U0197 Hands free Module CAN timeout P 52B 293 U1414 Defective Coding Data P 52B 294 U1415 Coding not completed Data fail TSB Revision P 52B 296 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 35 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE PROCEDURES lt SRS ECU gt DTC B1206 Passenger s Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Open Circuit Air Bag OFF Indicator Light Drive Circuit ETACS ECU C 317 HAKL 56 12 jus 5 S eam 8 INSTRUMENT CENTER PANEL 6 124 INTERFACE 11213 41516178 CIRCUIT 9 10111 1213 141516 AIR BAG OFF INDICATOR LIGHT z O SIDE
222. PLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C3B Driver s Pre tensioner Squib System Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals Seat Belt Pre Tensioner LH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 0 26 31 82 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 4108 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 a 45 ZON DFF ON L CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH 1 CONNECTOR SEAT BELT td sf 1 LOCK PRE TENSIONER LH OFF N ON SWITCH D 25 AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C3B is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy W8G52M039A Connector D 25 DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the driver s side seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit between the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunc
223. Pre tensioner Squib System Squib Circuit Open Seat Belt Pre Tensioner RH Squib Circuit SRS ECU C 36 D a 31 32 33 34 3536 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 n CONNECTOR i LOCK SWITCH SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER RH SWITCH D 40 NM W8G52M040A TSB Revision 52B 244 Connector C 36 N be AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C49 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector D 40 AC708954 AH DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Open circuit in the passenger s seat belt pre ten sioner squib circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool
224. R BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever AC507645 AC Locking Pre tensioner button A m gt FA 75 Flat tipped screwdriver AC507550AC C 36 Harness side connector front view E WG Terminal Cable tie Section A A E tm B caca3cca3 oooooooooooo Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507303 CD STEP 4 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable t
225. RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 323 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1BAT Occupant Classification System Verification Required A CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC is set in the occupant classifica This DTC is set if a light impact is detected by the tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus occupant classification ECU lines CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The load data from the weight sensor is classified e Malfunction of weight sensor with the occupant classification ECU and its classi e Malfunction of occupant classification ECU fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the inflator DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e
226. RONT RH D 39 3 D 39 4 N N Nx 112135 RA RE RP 1121322 3 2 1 2 1 3 anp OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU 3 1 12 5 li d WEIGHT WEIGHT L L J SENSOR L 1 J SENSOR REAR LH REAR RH D 39 5 D 39 6 112192 TA FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH W8G52M056A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 23 GENERAL INFORMATION ETACS ECU FUSE or ee m C 124 CENTER Cw mn PANEL 11213 8 UNIT 8 8101112113141516 SEAT BELT SWITCH 1 Cpe bd INTERFACE SIDE T CIRCUIT 4 AIR OFF 5 INDICATOR LIGH T T SEAT BELT WARNING PASSENGER S SEDET W SIDE o D 11 o 32133 3413513637138139 40 41142 43 44145 46 48 49 50 51 52 55 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 Jn 58 0 36 SRS ECU W8G52M057A TSB Revision 52B 24 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION COMPONENT LOCATION Data ae Clock spring Driver s air bag modu Passenger s front air bag module Knee
227. RS AIR DIAGNOSIS NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the seat belt pre ten sioner from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are dis connected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connec tor C 36 or D 40 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the con nector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB R
228. RS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool 1 Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561 BI MB991866 MB991865 G Fz tor h Dummy resistor Resistor arness C 14 Harness side connector ATA C 14 Passenger s front air bag module connector S AC306760 AU 52B 73 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is
229. Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Q Resistor harness D 15 Intermediate connector D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 AV 52B 131 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 15 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B1A set YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 132 Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A A L3 c3 r3 c3 c3 crc k 9 A
230. Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 5 STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and the side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction E of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 207 A CAUTION coea Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm connector front view 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be Terminal released E Cable tie 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch AY thick between terminals 33 34 and the short spring to mn mn A A A release the short spring PISIS OO 000 AA Short spring ore AC507303 4 mm 0 16 inch or m A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D 36 har ness side connector front side
231. S This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module RH squib Connector D 1 708955 TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit between the curtain air bag module RH squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunction of the SRS ECU NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the air bag from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 36 D 10 or F 04 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 160 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF positio
232. SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL After deployment and operation the air bag module and seat belt pre tensioner should be disposed of in the same manner as any other scrap parts adhering to local laws and or legisla tion Observe the following precautions during air bag or seat belt pre tensioner disposal 1 The inflator will be quite hot immediately following deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it cool before attempting to handle it 2 Do not put water or oil on the air bag after deployment or on the seat belt pre tensioner after operation Z WARNING If after following these precautions any material does get into the eyes or on the skin immediately rinse the affected area with a large amount of clean water If any irritation develops seek medical attention 3 There may be material on the deployed air bag module or the operated seat belt pre tensioner that could irritate the eye and or skin Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling a deployed air bag module or the operated seat belt pre tensioner 4 Tightly seal the air bag module and seat belt pre tensioner in a strong plastic bag for disposal 5 Be sure to always wash your hands after completing this operation TSB Revision NOTES
233. SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever AC507645 AC Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking button mu S 0 le Flat tipped screwdr
234. SRS C 36 Harness side connector front view 645441434211 403913837386 35 134133132131 2le1105958575655545352 51 50494847 Lv n o Q Q AC608813BL Lock lever C 313 Harness side connector front view 7 6 5 16 15 14 121 ial 46 45 444342 4140 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 3 1 CI 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 7 s C 36 Harness side connector front view AC608812GP SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Take the measurements below at the C 36 harness side connector e Voltage between terminal No 61 62 and body ground OK 9 V or more Q Is the measured voltage within the specified range YES Go to Step 9 NO Goto Step 8 STEP 8 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 61 and 62 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 4 and 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 36 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the d
235. STEM SRS E SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 187 DTC 1 29 Side air bag Module LH Squib System Squib Circuit Open Side airbag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39140 41 42 43 44145 4 N 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 6 a a CONNECTOR LOCK x SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF b LOCK x ON SWITCH D 34 CONNECTOR SIDE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C29 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate W8G52M037A Connector D 34 ML AC708954AD e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Open circuit in the side air bag module squib
236. STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 355 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0245 Audio Visual Navigation Unit CAN timeout A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA If DTC U0245 is set in the occupant classifica Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus audio visual navigation becomes unable to perform lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION the normal data transmission occupant classifica tion ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective When the signals from audio visual navigation unit occupant classification ECU may be defec cannot be received the occupant classification sys tive tem sets DTC U0245 The audio visual navigation unit may be def
237. SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 391 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING Mark for checking f neutral point 4 AC705283 AE SRS warning light sa 0 BRAKE bia OF TEL AC709154 AB Alignment of mating marks 1 Turn the clock spring clockwise fully 2 Turn the clock spring counterclockwise approximately three and 3 4 turns to align the mating marks 3 Check that the white roller can be seen from the window for checking the neutral point when the mating marks are aligned NOTE If the white roller cannot be seen the neutral point is not aligned correctly 4 Install the clock spring to the column switch gt gt C lt lt STEERING WHEEL ASSEMBLY DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION N CAUTION When installing the steering wheel and air bag module ensure that the harness of the clock spring does not become caught or tangled 1 Before installing the steering wheel and air bag module turn the vehicle s front wheels to the straight ahead position and align the mating marks of the clock spring After securing the steering wheel turn the steering wheel all the way in both directions to confirm that the steering wheel rotation is normal gt gt D lt lt DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR HORN CONNECTOR CONNECTION Connect the connector securely and route the harnesses not to lie off the cover hole
238. Side impact sensor Outer housing of the impact sensor connector AC709474 AB INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION Check the side impact sensor for dents breakage and bending and measure the resistance between the terminals even when installing a new side impact sensor gt gt lt lt SIDE IMPACT SENSOR INSTALLATION N WARNING If the side impact sensor is not installed securely and correctly the side air bag may not operate normally Securely connect the connector TSB Revision 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 404 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR gt gt C lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position SRS warning light 3 Does the SRS warning light illuminate for approximately seven seconds and go out 5 Soe 4 If yes the SRS system is functioning properly If not refer to P 52B 31 AC709154AB INSPECTION M1524004700723 A WARNING 1 Check the side impact sensor and bracket for If a dent crack deformation or rust is dents cracks or deformation detected replace with a new sensor 2 Check the connector for damage and terminals NOTE For checking of the side impact sensor other than described below refer to the section concerning 3 Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the SRS dia
239. Squib Circuit Open DTC B1B06 Driver s Air Bag Module 2nd squib System Squib Circuit Open Driver s Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 a v a 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 s a CLOCK SPRING 0 208 ER NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK CONNECTOR COUPLED CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB 6 204 1 2 3 4 N CAUTION If DTCB1B02 1st squib gt or B1B06 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line ACT08951AC W8G52M031A Connectors C 204 C 208 AC708953AB CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 57 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS via the clock spring to inflate the air bag s Opemeicilt intheciseesorna e Open circuit due to improper neutral position of t
240. TC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Resistor harness D 15 Intermediate 2 connector D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 AV 52B 125 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 ZA CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 15 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B19 set YES G
241. TC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C2A set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1C2B Side air bag Module RH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Side airbag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 o n 31132 33 3435 361373839 404114214314405146 411181950 1 52 531 4 5556 5758 55 60 6 62 o o CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF SIDE AIR BAG MODULE CONNECTOR SQUIB RH SWITCH D 36 W8G52M038A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 196 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 N be AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C2B is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate Connector D 36 AC708954 AF e The ignition signal is input to the sid
242. TEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C36 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 116 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B18 Curtain Air Bag Module LH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Curtain Air Bag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 32 33 Ao 41 42 t I I I I I I 48 49 56 5 7158 A lt j CONNECTOR ON LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR Le SWITCH CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH F 28 CONNECTOR LOCK W8G52M034A Connector C 36 aoe Connector D 1 5 c D 08951 0 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 117 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector F 28 708970 A CAUTION If DTC B1B18 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar
243. TION pamessaide Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm connector front view 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be Terminai released Rion Cable tie 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 33 34 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Measure at the wiring harness side A A Short spring e 4 mm 0 16 inch or mor AC507303 6 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 33 and 34 It should be open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C2E sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 6 4544143421410189 38187 86 5 621616059585715655 54 3 2 1 07 AC608812GG TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 212 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the harness wires for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and
244. The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 for post operation handling instructions If the air bag fails to deploy do not go near the module 8 At a location as far away from the air bag module as possible and from a shielded position disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag Discard the deployed air bag module as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE lt SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER gt A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING e Operate the seat belt pre tensioner in a wide flat area at least 6 meters 20 feet away from obsta cles and other people Do not perform operation outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the seat belt pre tensioner downwind from the battery 1 Disconnect the negative and po
245. UP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 102 m Harness side connector oy Pre tensioner Flat tipped screwdriver N AC609126AC MB991884 MB991865 Dummy resistor 30 Resistor harness C 39 Harness side connector AC301553CA SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the knee air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the C 39 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B11 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s knee air bag module Refer to P 52B 398 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS AC506734 AD 1 Harness side connector sa Opi Pre tensioner 1 Locking button Flat tipped screwdriver 5 AC609126AC C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section
246. URES A WARNING Before deploying the air bag in this manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses e The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for post operation han dling instructions e f the air bag module fails to deploy do not go near the air bag module 8 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each the and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 9 After deployment dispose of the air bag module according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER gt 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the
247. WARNING e windshield glass is scratched air bag deploy ment could cause it to crack and fly out of the vehicle always put a cover over the vehicle To suppress the sound as much as possible completely close all door windows close the doors and put a cover on the vehicle TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 41 9 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE _ AN WARNING Before deploying the air bag in this manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions If the air bag module fails to deploy do not go near the module 8 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 9 After deployment dispose of the air bag module according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VE
248. YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 216 Lock lever dM at tipped PUNK Kl p Harness side connector C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Cable tie NT B C3 c3 c3 c c3 A Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherw
249. a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy Connector D 25 DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the ground in the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 214 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to b
250. ag module Refer to AC301553CA P 52B 398 Then go to Step 6 C 39 Harness side connector TSB Revision 52B 98 AC506734 AD 1 Harness side connector sa Opi Pre tensioner 1 Locking button Flat tipped screwdriver 5 AC609126AC C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302BJ SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the knee air bag module circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector DANGER To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying unintentionally disconnect the knee air bag module connector C 39 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a
251. aint Controller Firing Stored Energy DTC B220C Occupant Restraint Controller Accelerometer 1 DTC B220D Occupant Restraint Controller Accelerometer 2 A CAUTION If DTCs are set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line TROUBLE JUDGMENT The above DTC is set if an abnormality is detected in the circuit inside the SRS ECU TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 266 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diag
252. al to prevent accidental connection and air bag s deployment Insulating tape Battery Battery cable ACX00583AF lt lt B gt gt PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL WARNING e The air bag module must not be measured with such equipment as an ohmmeter The air bag module must not be disassembled The removed air bag module should be stored a clean dry place with the deployment surface fac ing up Insert a flat tipped screwdriver or similar tool to the location shown in the figure After disengaging the tabs remove the passenger s front air bag module ZEN Flat tipped Screwdriver LLA a AC609682 AB TSB Revision 52B 396 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS warning light zb 200 A moe AC709154 AB INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION A WARNING Dispose of air bag modules only according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 When installing the new air bag modules refer to INSPECTION P 52B 397 2 Connect the negative battery cable A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958
253. alog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the knee air bag module will deploy W8G52M033A AC708950AB DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod ule squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the ground in the knee air bag module squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 96 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is
254. battery cable Cover Horn connector Driver s air bag module connector Driver s air bag module Driver s air bag module installation steps Pre installation inspection Driver s air bag module Driver s air bag module connector Horn connector Cover Negative battery cable Post installation inspection Section Section B B lt lt A gt gt lt lt B gt gt lt lt C gt gt lt lt D gt gt lt lt E gt gt lt lt F gt gt gt gt A lt lt gt gt B lt lt Section C C Steering wheel 9 5 x 2 5 N m 84 22 in Ib Driver air bag module bracket TSB Revision e NOaRwWON gt AC709088 AB Clock spring removal steps Negative battery cable Cover Horn connector Driver s air bag module connector Driver s air bag module Flange nut Steering wheel assembly Lower upper column cover Refer to Group 37 Steering Shaft P 37 26 Paddle shift assembly vehicles with paddle shift Clock spring Clock spring installation steps Pre installation inspection Clock spring 52B 388 gt gt C lt lt gt gt C lt lt gt gt D lt lt gt gt D lt lt NORAD N SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING Clock spring installation steps Clock spring installation steps Lower upper column cover Refer 1 Negative 3 battery cable to Group 37 Steering Shaft gt gt E lt lt Postin
255. battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle Remove the lower center pillar trim Refer to GROUP 52 Trims P 52A 1 1 lil mE Flat tipped screwdriver N N i maton y button 62 Floor wring harness 4 Use the slotted screwdriver to pull out the locking button of floor harness side connector After releasing the lock disconnect the connector NOTE If the seat belt pre tensioner connector is discon nected from the floor wiring harness side connector both electrodes of the seat belt pre tensioner connector will be automatically shorted to prevent unintended operation of the seat belt pre tensioner due to static electricity etc TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 427 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE 5 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulation tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected operation of the seat belt pre tensioner Connection gt Deployment wires AC103480AL 6 Connect the special tool MB991885 to the two pin connector of seat belt pre tensioner and then pull out the deployment E wire to outside the vehicle eat belt pre tensioner
256. ble and then remove the battery from the vehicle TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE 52B 423 3 Disconnect the connections of the side air bag module connector two pin yellow and the floor harness side connector two pin yellow Refer to GROUP 52 Front Seat Assembly P 52A 20 CAUTION Make sure to deploy both driver s and front passenger s Floor wiring side air bags harness side connector NOTE When the side air bag module connector is discon nected from the floor wiring harness side connector the two pins of side air bag module connector are automatically shorted This prevents the unintentional deployment of side air bags caused by the static or others 4 Obtain two suitable wires which are 6 meters 20 feet or longer as deployment wires Then connect the wires at one end to short NOTE This prevents the side air bags from unintentional deployment caused by static electricity etc A CAUTION Never fail to do Step 5 in order to prevent accidental deployment caused by static Side airbag module connector 2 pin yellow N AC707634 AD Deployment wires Connection 6 m 20 ft or longer AC100450 AG Air bag module connector 2 pin yellow Harness side connector 2 pin yellow Deployment wires Connection AC709488 AB T
257. bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Q Resistor harness D 15 Intermediate connector D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 AV 52B 119 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the
258. ce the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52 Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 6 STEP 4 Check the side air bag module RH circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module RH connector D 36 A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 33 34 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 199 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 33 34 and body ground It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view n n CETRENTELTAERNE ERA Enc 5 a Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 5 NO Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C2B sets re
259. ch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C3B set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL 52B 234 RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C47 Front Passenger s pre tensioner squib system shorted to squib circuit Ground Seat Belt Pre Tensioner RH Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 n 31 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44145 32 33 34 35 36 37 3839 4041 42 43144 47 n 48149 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH 2 1 CONNECTOR ON LOCK x SWITCH SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER RH D 40 Connector C 36 es AC708951AD CAUTION If DTC B1C47 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the pre tensioner will deploy W8G52M040A Connector D 40 AC708954 AH DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib
260. check for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B1A set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1B1B Curtain Air Bag Module LH Squib System Short Circuit between Squib Circuit Terminals Curtain Air Bag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU 0 36 3253 41 2 t I I I I I I 48 49 56 57 68 4 lt j CONNECTOR PON DFF ON j LOCK x SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR TOCKE SWITOEL j CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH F 28 CONNECTOR LOCK W8G52M034A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 135 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector C 36 iow AC708970 AB A CAUTION If DTC B1B1B is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If
261. circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 276 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0168 KOS ECU or WCM CAN Timeout A CAUTION CAN bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the signal from KOS ECU or WCM cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0168 MB991827 AC608435 AB JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If DTC U0168 is set be sure to diagnose the Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Malfunction of CAN bus line may be defective Malfunction of the KOS ECU may be defective Malfunction of the WCM may be defective Malfunction of SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan t
262. cle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness M1524013800212 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 29 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Ensure that the ignition switch is at the LOCK OFF position 2 Start up the personal computer 3 Connect special tool MB991827 to special tool MB991824 and the personal computer 4 Connect special tool MB991910 to special tool MB991824 5 Connect special tool MB991910 to the data link connector 6 Turn the power switch of special tool MB991824 to the ON position NOTE When special tool MB991824 is energized special tool MB991824 indicator light will be illuminated in a green color Start the M U T III system on the personal computer NOTE Disconnecting scan tool MB991958 is the reverse of the connecting sequence making sure that the ignition switch is at the LOCK OFF position MB991827 AC608435 AB HOW TO READ AND ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool
263. confirm all systems for DTC code s If DTC code s are set erase them all Inspect according to the inspection chart that is appropriate for the DTC M1524003301606 Diagnostic trouble Inspection item Reference page Code No B1206 Passenger s air bag OFF indicator light open circuit P 52B 35 B1207 Passenger s air bag OFF indicator light short circuit P 52B 38 between circuit terminal 1 00 Driver s air bag module 1st squib system shorted to squib P 52B 42 circuit ground B1B01 Driver s air bag module 1st squib system shorted to squib P 52B 49 circuit power supply B1B02 Driver s air bag module 1st squib system squib circuit P 52B 56 open B1B03 Driver s air bag module 1st squib system short circuit P 52B 63 between squib circuit terminals B1B04 Driver s air bag module 2nd squib system shorted to P 52B 42 squib circuit ground B1B05 Driver s air bag module 2nd squib system shorted to P 52B 49 squib circuit power supply B1B06 Driver s air bag module 2nd squib system squib circuit P 52B 56 open 1 07 Driver s air bag module 2nd squib system short circuit P 52B 63 between squib circuit terminals B1B08 Passenger s front air bag module 1st squib system P 52B 71 shorted to squib circuit ground B1B09 Passenger s front air bag module 1st squib system P 52B 77 shorted to squib circuit power supply 1 Passenger s fron
264. connector D 39 2 terminal No 21 and the ETACS ECU connector C 315 terminal No 4 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 10 Repair the harness wire between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 and the ETACS ECU connector C 315 STEP 10 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B210D or B210E set YES NO DTC B2206 Chassis number does not match A CAUTION If DTC B2206 is set in the occupant classifica tion ECU always diagnose the CAN bus line TROUBLE JUDGMENT If the registered chassis number is different from the chassis number transmitted on the CAN bus lines the occupant classification ECU sets the DTC B2206 Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA If the chassis number registered to occupant classifi cation ECU and the chassis number on CAN bus lines do not match the occupant classification ECU determines that a problem has occurred TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Chassis number not written e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive e The CAN bus line
265. ct the connector 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 10 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect special tool MB991884 to the removed F 04 harness side connector N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D 10 interme diate connector front side directly as the connector con tact pressure may be weakened 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e Intermediate connector D 10 terminal No 1 and resis tor harness connector terminal No 2 e Intermediate connector D 10 terminal No 2 and resis tor harness connector terminal No 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 TSB Revision x SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 158 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B22 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383
266. ction shown and disconnect the connector Driver s air bag module Connector 4 pin yellow Ly x Lower column m cover A Horn connector C605948 AF MB991865 MB991866 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 Dummy resistor 39 Resistor harness CAUTION lt Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring side air bag module connector C 204 terminal No 1 and 2 lt 1st squib gt api or terminal No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing module 5 Connect the negative battery terminal AC306758 AY A CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC 1 00 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B04 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s air bag module Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 46 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the clock spring 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the clock spring c
267. ctor 3 Connect the negative battery terminal 4 Ignition switch ON Q Does the lamp illuminate YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Wiring harness inspection between fusible link 34 and C 04 combination meter connector terminal No 2 NOTE Prior to the wiring harness inspection check the ETACS ECU connectors C 309 and C 317 and repair if neces Sary e The SRS warning light inspection for open and short circuit Q Is the check result normal YES Replace the combination meter Refer to GROUP 54A Combination Meter P 54A 101 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 365 Inspection Procedure 4 The SRS warning light does not go out SRS Warning Light Circuit IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH IG1 LINK 4 Lu 1T2 3 4 m XH s epop 12 1 C 309 LIL ETACS ECU 7h Yy IG1 E eerie RELAY ON OFF CAN DRIVE CIRCUIT INTERFACE CIRCUIT 7 5A
268. ctor for damage and terminals for deformation 3 Check that there is no bending or corrosion in the radiator support panel TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 383 SRS CONTROL UNIT SRS ECU SRS CONTROL UNIT SRS ECU REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION AN WARNING M1524002101289 e Never attempt to disassemble or repair the SRS ECU If faulty replace it e Do not drop or subject the SRS ECU to impact or vibration If denting cracking deforma tion or rust are discovered in the SRS ECU replace it with a new SRS ECU e After deployment of an air bag replace the SRS ECU with a new one e Never use an ohmmeter on or near the SRS ECU and use only the special test equipment described here P 52B 370 Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position lt lt A gt gt lt lt B gt gt Removal steps Negative 3 battery cable Floor console front bracket front Refer to GROUP 524A Front Floor Console Assembly P 52A 9 Instrument panel under cover Refer to GROUP 52 Instrument Lower Panel 52 8 Rear heater duct A Refer to GROUP 55 Ducts P 55 138 SRS ECU mounting bolt ground bolt SRS ECU mounting bolt SRS ECU 9 0 1 0 N m 80 9 in Ib 3 lt 9 0 1 0N m 80 9 in Ib gt gt A lt lt gt gt B lt lt gt gt C lt lt No gt TSB Revision AC709073 AD Installation steps
269. d tire with wheel Deployment wires AC609239AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 433 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE 6 Place three old tires without wheels on the tire secured with Old tires the knee air bag module Deployment wires ACX00610AE Z WARNING e Before deployment check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions e f the air bag fails to deploy do not go near the module 7 Ata location as far away from the air bag module as possible and from a shielded position disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 8 Discard the deployed air bag module as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 Deployment wires Vehicle battery ACX01313AF TSB Revision 52B 434 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Deployme
270. de Check if the DTC is set to the hands free module Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the hands free cellular phone system NO Goto Step STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U1414 is set diagnose the When the coding data vehicle information from main bus lines ETACS ECU is not received SRS ECU determines e When replacing the ECU always check that that the abnormality is present the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the vehicle information data is not registered to the The CAN bus line may be defective SRS ECU the SRS ECU sets the 01414 e The ETACS ECU may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication syste
271. de sensor configuration mismatch P 52B 322 B1BA7 Occupant classification system verification required P 52B 323 B1BA8 Occupant classification ECU out of calibration Not calibrated P 52B 325 B1BBA Passenger seat weight sensor power supply circuit P 52B 326 B1BBC Occupant classification system negative system weight P 52B 328 B1BBD Occupant classification ECU Current configuration table unprogrammed P 52B 330 B1C23 Passenger seat weight sensor front LH configuration mismatch P 52B 331 B1C24 Passenger seat weight sensor front RH configuration mismatch P 52B 331 B1C25 Passenger seat weight sensor rear LH configuration mismatch P 52B 331 B1C26 Passenger seat weight sensor rear RH configuration mismatch P 52B 331 B1CB2 B210D B210E Occupant classification ECU parameter table incompatible Battery voltage Low Battery voltage High P 52B 333 P 52B 335 P 52B 335 B2206 Chassis number does not match Occupant classification ECU internal failure P 52B 339 P 52B 333 Occupant classification ECU not programmed Flash required P 52B 333 Occupant classification ECU electrostatic discharge event detected P 52B 333 CAN B Bus off performance P 52B 341 CAN B Bus HI circuit open P 52B 341 CAN B Bus HI shorted to circuit ground P 52B 341 CAN B Bus HI shorted to circuit power supply P
272. ding to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 When installing the new seat belt pre tensioner refer to INSPECTION P 52B 416 2 Connect the negative battery cable N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1C3A and B1C49 are set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt pre tensioner operation gt gt B lt lt PRE TENSIONER CONNECTOR CONNECTION Connect the pre tensioner connector then securely lock the locking button of the harness side connector gt gt C lt lt POST INSTALLATION INSPECTION 1 Reconnect the negative battery cable 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position TSB Revision 52B 416
273. directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and the side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 34 and the side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 2 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C2D sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 Then go to Step 5 connector rear view C 36 Harness side OCA connector front view m v 116 45 4143 42 41 4013913837136 SERES 62161 6059585756 55 5453 254 a ZI M AC608812GI STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C2D set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 208 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C2E Side air bag Module RH
274. dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 15 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B18 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 120 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A UA c3 Em c3 c3 c3 AS Short spring re AC5 4 mm 0 16 inch or mo C 36 Harness side G2 connector front view H nu o 5 a acea aolssfoelo rises ooa I I I 5i 5 bale 1 eo 5g ise 5 453525 10494847 Y AC608812FN SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 15
275. e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE J BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER ACX00583AF mE X Floor wring harness side connector Flat tipped screwdriver N Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to Battery P 52B 25 AA WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt pre tensioner operation B SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER CONNECTOR DISCONNECTION TSB Revision Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button of the floor wiring harness side connector After releasing the lock disconnect the connector SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 415 SEAT BELTS WITH PRE TENSIONER 991827 608435 lt lt gt gt SEAT BELT WITH PRE TENSIONER REMOVAL A CAUTION When discarding the seat belt with pre tensioner discard after operating the pre tensioner as specified in the ser vice procedure Refer to P 52B 417 INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION Z WARNING Dispose of seat belt pre tensioner only accor
276. e Curtain air bag module right and left right and left right and left SO TUE AC608593 AC708203 AB TSB Revision Label contents SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 7 GENERAL INFORMATION DANGER FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE DO NOT DISASSEMBLE HEAT INCINERATE APPLY ELECTRICITY OR STORE AT HIGH TEMPERATURE 93 C or HIGHER REFER TO WORKSHOP MANUAL FOR DETAILS CAUTION SRS CLOCK SPRING PLEASE DO NOT TURN EXCEPT WHEN REQUIRED THIS IS NOT A REPAIRABLE PART IF DEFECTIVE PLEASE REPLACE ENTIRE UNIT ACCORDING TO THE SERVICE MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS ALIGNMENT OF MODULES IS NECESSARILY WHEN THEY ARE ADJUSTED AND OR INSTALLED FOR THE ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES FOLLOW THE SERVICE MANUAL INSTRUCTIONS CAUTION DO NOT DISASSEMBLE OR DROP IF DEFECTIVE REFER TO SERVICE MANUAL DANGER FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE SRS AIR BAG MODULE e Do not disassemble or shock Do not heat or incinerate Do not contact with electricity or tester probes Do not test or diagnose Do not store in more than 200 F 93 C Store the air bag cover is top For information on handing replacement and disposal methods refer to the service manual F EXCEPT CANADA AC306673 WARNING EVEN WITH ADVANCED AIR BAGS e Children can be killed or seriously injured by the air bag e The back seat is the safest place for children e Never put a rear facing child seat in the front e Always us
277. e air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to ground in the side air bag module RH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 197 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the MB991827 scan tool P 52B 28 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory Y uU YES Go to Step 2 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for dia
278. e harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 lt 1st squib gt terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC 1 09 1st squib gt B1B0D 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 83 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B0A Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 1st squib System Squib Circuit Open DTC B1BOE Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 2nd squib System Squib Circuit Open Passenger s Front Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 g 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011112 I J 131411516 171819707123 24 a s NOTE KONNECTOR LOCK BWITORI CONNECTOR COUP CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C
279. e less than 2 ohms Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 27 and the seat slide sensor connector D 32 termi nal No 2 e Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 29 and the seat slide sensor connector D 32 termi nal No 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B8D sets replace the slide adjuster LH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO Repair the harness wires between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 and seat slide sensor connector D 32 Then go to Step 4 STEP 4 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC B1B8Dset YES Replace the slide adjuster LH Refer to GROUP 52A Front seat assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 319 DTC B1B8E Seat Slide Sensor Power Supply Side Short Circuit Seat Slide Sensor Circuit OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 2 DADA
280. e normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 215 ANA Flat tipped screwdriver Harness side connector MB991865 MB991884 Dummy resistor 3 Resistor harness D 25 Harness side connector AC301553CB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 25 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C38 set
281. e or oil Replace it if a dent crack deformation or rust is detected The air bag modules should be stored on a flat surface with the pad cover facing upward Do not place anything on top of it Do not expose the air bag modules to temperatures over 93 C 200 F After the air bag deployment replace the air bag module with a new one Also check the clock spring and replace with a new part if there is an abnormality Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed An undeployed air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the proce dures Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat be sure to carry out accuracy check of the occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle On Vehicle Service P 52B 378 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING Pre removal operation e Check that the front wheels are at the straight ahead position TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 387 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING 44 x 11 Nm 33 8 ft lb 7 0 x 3 0 N m 62 27 in Ib Note Indicates claw position lt lt A gt gt lt lt B gt gt lt lt C gt gt lt lt D gt gt gt gt A lt lt gt gt C lt lt gt gt D lt lt gt gt D lt lt gt gt E lt lt e NYAU O Driver s air bag module removal steps Negative
282. e seat belts and child restraints e See owner s manual for more information about air bags WARNING DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY can occur e Children 12 and under can be killed by the air bag e The BACK SEAT is the SAFEST place for children e NEVER put a rear facing child seat in the front e Sit as far back as possible from the air bag e ALWAYS use SEAT BELTS and CHILD RESTRAINTS SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER CAUTION THIS ASSEMBLY CONTAINS AN EXPLOSIVE INITIATOR DANGER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY e DO NOT REMOVE INSTALL IT INTO ANOTHER VEHICLE e SERVICE OR DISPOSE OF IT AS DIRECTED IN THE REPAIR MANUAL DO NOT DISMANTLE INCINERATE OR BRING INTO CONTACT WITH ELECTRICITY TSB Revision 52B 8 Label contents SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION H WARNING SRS AIR BAG MODULE FLAMMABLE EXPLOSIVE TO AVOID SERIOUS INJURY DO NOT REPAIR DISASSEMBLE OR TAMPER AVOID CONTACT WITH FLAME OR ELECTRICITY DO NO DIAGNOSIS USE NO TEST EQPT OR PROBES e STORE BELOW 2002 93 C e BEFORE DOING ANY WORK INVOLVING MODULE READ SERVICE MANUAL FOR IMPORTANT FURTHER DATA DANGER CONTAINS HIGH PRESSURE GAS AND FLAMMABLE MATERIAL To avoid injury NEVER Repair Disassembly Incinerate Bring into contact with electricity Install onto another vehicle or Store where the temperature is above 93 C 200 F See Repair Manual for details SRS SIDE
283. e the air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS e This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the driver s air bag module squib The most likely causes for this code to be set are the followings e Short circuit in driver s air bag module squib or harness e Short circuit in the clock spring TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit in the clock spring e Short circuit between the driver s air bag module squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunction of the SRS ECU NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the air bag from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 37 C 204 or C 208 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the con nector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 65 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose t
284. ec tive DIAGNOSIS MB991827 AC608435 AB Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 356 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the audio visual navigation unit diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the audio visual navigation unit Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the MMCS NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON
285. eck again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 and weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 or D 39 6 for loose corroded or damaged terminals or terminals pushed back in the connector Q Is occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 or D 39 6 in good condition YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair or replace the component s Refer to GROUP 00E Harness Connector Inspection 00 2 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 303 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the wiring harness between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal 1 and weight sensors D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 and D 39 6 terminal 2 15 the wiring harness between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal 1 and weight sensor D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 terminal 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO The wiring harness may be damaged or the connector s may have loose corroded or damaged terminals or terminals pushed back in the connector Re
286. ecute accuracy check and calibration operate scan tool MB991958 Sub Assembly as follows 1 Select OCM 2 Select Special Function 3 Select Zero Calibration amp System Test 4 The start of the zero calibration Special Function NXXXXXXXXX Zero Calibration amp System Test AC609603AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 379 MUT IIII Web Page Dialog Zero calibration Do you want to start AC609604 AB e MUT IIl Web Web Page Dialog Zero calibration Completed Go on to the 66lbs System Test AC710647AB MUT lll Web Web Page Dialog C 6616 System Test Do you want to start AC710648AB MUT Ill Web Web Page Dialog 6616 System Test Test passed Go on to the Okg System Test AC710649AB MUT IIl Web Web Page Dialog Olbs System Test Do you want to start AC710650AB ON VEHICLE SERVICE 5 The execution check of the zero calibration 6 The zero calibration has been completed when the screen as shown in the illustration is displayed The OK button is pushed and it progresses to the next 7 The start of 66 Ibs system test 8 The execution check of the 66 Ibs system test 9 The 66 Ibs system test has been completed when the screen as shown in the illustration is displayed The OK button is pushed and it progresses to the ne
287. ed in the front end upper bar to monitor impact in case of front impact The side impact sensors inside the center pillars monitor the shock incurred by the sides of the vehi cle The SRS warning light on the combination meter indicates the operational status of the SRS The clock spring is installed in the steering column The seat belt pre tensioner is built into the driver s and passenger s front seat belt retractor The seat slide sensor is installed at the seat adjuster section of the driver seat in order to detect the driver seat slide position The weight sensor is installed underneath a rail of the passenger seat to detect the load on the seat The passenger s air bag OFF indicator light is installed to the lower left of the center panel and illu minates when the passenger seat air bag is inactive The passenger s seat belt warning light is installed to the lower right of the center panel and illuminates when the passenger is not wearing the seat belt The seat belt switch detects whether the seat belt is used Only authorized service personnel should do work on or around the SRS components Those service per sonnel should read this manual carefully before start ing any such work TSB Revision 52B 4 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS warning light xs 0 BRAKE BF A E30 AC709154AB GENERAL INFORMATION ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SRS WARNING LIGHT FUNCTIO
288. eel 3 Check the steering wheel for noise binding or difficult operation and excessive free play 4 Check the steering column shaft shock absorbing mechanism Refer to GROUP 37 On Vehicle Service Steering Column Shaft Assembly Shock Absorbing Mechanism Check SEAT BELT WITH PRE TENSIONER 1 Check the seat belt for damage or deformation 2 Check the seat belt with pre tensioner for cracks or deformation 3 Check that the unit is installed correctly to the vehicle body HARNESS CONNECTOR Check the harnesses for binding the connectors for damage poor connection and the terminals for deformation Refer to P 52B 25 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 377 INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE A WARNING e f heat damage occurs during paint work remove the SRS ECU the air bag mod ules the clock spring front seats impact sensor and the seat belt with pre ten sioner Recheck the SRS system operabil ity after reinstalling them e SRS ECU air bag modules clock spring front seats impact sensor 93 C 200 F or more e Seat belt with pre tensioner 90 C 194 F or more e If the SRS components are removed for the purpose of inspection sheet metal repair painting etc they should be stored in a clean dry place until they are reinstalled If the SRS components are to be removed or replaced as a result of maintenance diagnosis etc f
289. ensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions e f the air bag module fails to deploy do not go near the module 8 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 9 After deployment dispose of the air bag module according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 421 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE _ DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE lt KNEE AIR BAG MODULE gt 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to 52 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle 3 Remove the instrument panel lower cover Refer to GROUP 52A Instrument lower panel P 52A 8 4 Use the flat tipped screwdriver to pull out the locking button of knee air bag harness side connector After releasing the
290. ensioner automatically winds the seat belt upon front impact to reduce forward shifting of the driver s and passenger s The seat belt use status is used to control the activation and deactivation of the pre ten sioner The SRS consists of driver s and passenger s front air bag modules knee air bag module side air bag modules curtain air bag modules SRS air bag con trol unit SRS ECU two front impact sensors two side impact sensors SRS warning light passenger s air bag OFF indicator light passenger s seat belt warning light clock spring seat belt pre tensioner M1524000101528 seat belt switch seat slide sensor weight sensor and occupant classification ECU Driver s and passen ger s front air bag modules are located in the center of the steering wheel and above the glove box The knee air bag module is installed to the instrument panel cover lower under the steering column Side air bags are located inside the front seatback frame The curtain air bag module consists of an air bag an inflator and the fixing gear relating to those parts and is installed in the roof side sections from the driver s and the passenger s front pillars to the rear pillars Each air bag consists of a folded air bag and an inflator unit The SRS ECU placed on the forefront of the floor monitors the system and has a front air bag safing G sensor front air bag analog G sensor and a side air bag safing G sensor The front impact sensor is assembl
291. ep 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES NO DTC U0164 A C ECU CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0164 is set in the occupant classi fication ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the signal from A C ECU cannot be received the occupant classification ECU sets the DTC U0164 Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if the occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per form the normal data transmission the occupant classification ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective e The A C ECU may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface
292. ep 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C27 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 183 DTC B1C28 Side air bag Module LH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Side airbag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 a n 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 3940 41 42 43144145 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 a o CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR SIDE AIR BAG MODULE LOCK SQUIB LH ON SWITCH D 34 W8G52M037A AC708951AD A CAUTION If DTC B1C28 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN bus lines CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensor installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level
293. er to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 334 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS E SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 335 DTC B210D Battery Voltage Low DTC B210E Battery Voltage High Occupant Classification ECU Power Supply Circuit FUSIBLE LINK 4 ETACS ECU 1 C 309 5 9 noni 1314 15 1611 1819 JOINT CONNECTOR 3 103 Teus ETER 12131415161718192021 223 24 16 1 20 6 41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12113 14115116 17 18119 20121 22423124 5 Jg TA 254 RED WHITE
294. er to P 52B 386 TSB Revision 52B 418 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES 4 Outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector Driver s air bag module connector 4 pin yellow lt lt 992102 Lower column cover WM S LAM Deployment wires 2 Qe 7 AC506475 AC Slide the outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector NOTE When the driver s air bag module connector is dis connected from the inflator the four pins of inflator connec tor are automatically shorted This prevents the unintentional deployment of driver s air bags caused by the static or others Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB992102 and cover the connections with insulator tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the air bags from being unintentionally deployed because of the static and others Connect the special tool MB992102 to the driver s air bag module and then pull out the deployment wire to outside the vehicle Deployment wire 6 m 20ft or longer so 7 ACX01308 Al A
295. erefore if connector C 36 or e Malfunction of the SRS ECU D 34 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 3 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 4 Diagnose the CAN bus line Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 193 Lock lever MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 3 N Resistor harness D 34 Te Harness side amp connector D 34 Side airbag module LH connector AC507310 AW SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagno
296. erminal No 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B7A B1B7F B1B84 or B1B89 set replace the slide adjuster RH Repair the harness wires between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 and weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 and D 39 6 Then go to Step 5 NO TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 312 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTCs B1B7A B1B7F B1B84 B1B89 set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1B8C Seat Slide Sensor Circuit Performance Seat Slide Sensor Circuit OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 2 FRONT SEAT ASSEMBLY RH BLACK SKY BLUE SEAT SLIDE SENSOR LH D 32 HALL IC W8G52M047A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 313 Connectors D 32 D 39 D 39 2
297. es or connectors e Short to the power supply in the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision 52B 240 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set
298. es with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 202 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Resistor harness Harness side amp connector D 36 Side airbag module RH connector AC507310 AX C 36 Harness side connector front vie
299. essure may be weakened 4 Measure the voltage between D 39 2 harness side connector terminals 27 29 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt D 39 2 Harness side connector front view Q Is the measured voltage within the specified range YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B8E sets replace the slide adjuster LH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO Go to Step 4 AC608813CC STEP 4 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 27 and 29 and seat slide sensor connector D 32 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 27 and 29 and seat slide sensor connector D 32 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 5 NO Repair the harness wires between the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 and seat slide sensor connector D 32 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC B1B8E set YES Replace the slide adjuster LH Refer to GROUP 52A Front seat assembly
300. event the knee air bag module from deploying unintentionally disconnect the knee air bag module connector C 39 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 37 and knee air bag module connector C 39 and measure at the wiring harness side For connector C 39 use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 109 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991884 5 Connect C 39 harness side connector to special tool Pesistor harness MB991884 C 39 Harness side connector AC201287EJ Resistor harness 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It side connector should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and the spe cial tool terminal No 1 C 37 Harness side connector front view e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 2 and the spe cial tool terminal No 2 o 2110 8 716 5 4 3 211 i242 32221 Serna
301. evision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 89 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS PS ACTOBOSIAE A CAUTION If DTC B1BOB 1st squib gt or B1BOF 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module to inflate the air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the passenger s front air bag module squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Improper engaged connector or defective short spring e Short circuit between the passenger s front air bag module squib circuit terminals e Damaged connector s e Malfunction of the SRS ECU NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the air bag from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 14 or C 37 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected
302. evision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever AC507645 AC 1 Pre tensionerZ7 Ga my ANY Harness side Flat tipped connector N M screwdriver IAS Lockng RAM RO button FES S pons 244 ___ _ 609576 52 251 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 3 After disconnecting the D 40 harness side connectors connect the connectors again For the D 40 connector disconnection use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connec
303. front air bag module circuit at SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 P 4 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring assenger s front air bag i mod le connector C14 harness side connector to the direction of the arrow AC306561 BI N CAUTION 1st Squib gt Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm C 37 Harness side 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be connector front view released Section 5 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch f Cable tie Terminal thick between terminals 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 My lt 2nd squib gt and the short spring to release the short 52 spring cA oa 4 mm 0 16 inch or more ot bg c 2nd Squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view 22 Terminal i Cable tie zi 65 4 Pale m _
304. gnal from combination meter cannot be received the occupant classification ECU sets the DTC U0155 e The CAN bus line may be defective e The combination meter may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 347 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the combination meter diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the combination meter Q Is the DTC set YES NO Diagnose the combination meter Go to St
305. gnition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTCs set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision D 39 1 Harnes connector front view jeep A i i EJ oe a SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS S side 19 lt A L AC608813 BM D 39 1 Harness side connector front view D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 Harness side connector front view AC608812GR D 39 1 Harness side connector front view D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 Harness side connector front view AC608812GS D 39 1 Harness side connector front view D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 Harness side connector front view AC608812GT 52B 311 STEP 3 Measure the voltage at occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 1 Disconnect the connector D 39 1 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON positi
306. gnosis Refer to P 52B 31 center pillar TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SIDE AIRBAG MODULE S 52 405 SIDE AIRBAG MODULE S REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A WARNING e Never attempt to disassemble or repair the side air bag modules If faulty replace it Do not drop the side air bag modules or allow contact with water grease or oil Replace it if a dent crack deformation or rust is detected Do not expose the side air bag modules to temperatures over 93 C 200 F After deployment of the air bag replace the air bag module with a new one Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed An undeployed side air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat be sure to carry out accuracy check occupant classification sensor after the seat has been installed in the vehicle On vehicle Service P 52B 378 M1524036500148 Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position AC709125AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 406 SIDE AIRBAG MODULE S Removal steps lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative battery cable P 52A 20 Hinge cover Reclining adjuster knob Side shield cover Front seatback assembly Headrestraint garnish Front seatback ONAARWN lt lt B gt g
307. gnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the SRS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the SRS ECU NO Goto Step STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision S SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 346 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC U0155 Combination Meter CAN Timeout A CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U0155 is set in the occupant classi Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if fication ECU always diagnose the CAN main occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per bus lines form the normal data transmission occupant classifi When replacing the ECU always check that cation ECU determines that an abnormality is the communication circuit is normal present TROUBLE JUDGMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the si
308. gnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 198 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Resistor harness Harness side amp connector D 36 Side airbag module RH connector AC507310 AX C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A Short spring ore AC507303 4 mm 0 16 inch or m SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the side air bag module RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 36 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2B set YES Go to Step 4 NO Repla
309. h to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B10 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 100 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B11 Driver s Knee Air Bag Squib System Shorted To Squib Circuit Power Supply Knee Air Bag Module Squib Circuit RED BLUE SRS ECU 6 37 nl v 1 2 3 41516171819 191112 13 i4 t5 t6 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 a 7 a 1 NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF KNEE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB 0 39 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B11 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the knee air bag module will deploy W8G52M033A AC708950AB DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the knee air bag mod ule squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to power supply in the knee air bag module squib harness e Ma
310. harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector 4 Slide the outer housing of the clock spring side of driver s Outer housing of the driver s air bag air bag module connector C 204 in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B03 1st squib gt or B1B07 2nd squib gt set AC600868 YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1B03 1st squib gt or B1B07 2nd squib gt set because connector C 37 C 204 or C 208 was engaged improperly Driver s air bag module Connector 4 pin yellow a m ower column N cover A Horn connector C605948 AF TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 67 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the driver s air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Slide the outer housing of the clock spring side of driver s Outer housing of the driver s air bag air bag module connector C 204 in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector Driver s air bag module Connector 4 pin yellow Ly x Lower column m cover A Horn connector C605948 AF MB991865 MB991866 3 Connect special
311. he CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 MB991827 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 66 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 37 driver s air bag module connector C 204 and clock spring connector C 208 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect connectors C 37 C 204 and C 208 and then reconnect them 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the
312. he clock spring DTC SET CONDITIONS e This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance Open circuit in the driver s air bag module squib between the input terminals of the driver s air bag circuit module squib The most likely causes for this Disengaged driver s air bag module squib con code to be set are the followings nector Open circuit in the driver s air bag module Improper connector contact squib or harness Malfunction of the SRS ECU e Open circuit in the clock spring e Malfunction of connector contact DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14
313. he seat has been installed in the vehicle On vehicle Service P 52B 378 M1524044000074 Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Steering column 9 5 3 5 N m 84 x 31 in Ib x DW 2 AC609125AB Removal steps Installation steps lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative J battery cable gt gt A lt lt Pre installation inspection e Instrument panel cover assembly gt gt B lt lt 2 Knee air bag module Refer to GROUP 52 Instrument e Instrument panel cover assembly Lower Panel 52 8 Refer to GROUP 52 Instrument lt lt B gt gt 2 Knee air bag module Lower Panel P 52A 8 1 Negative 3 battery cable gt gt C lt lt Post installation inspection TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 399 KNEE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and seat belt pre tensioner operation Insulating tape i Battery cable ACX00583AF lt lt B gt
314. heck the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C3B set YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1C3B set because connector C 36 or D 25 was engaged improperly TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 231 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever M Flat tipped screwdriver 991884 991865 Resistor harness Dummy resistor 3 D 25 Harness side connector AC301553CB STEP 4 Check the driver s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 3 Disconnect driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 5 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 25 harness side connector 6 Connect the negative battery terminal 7 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C3B set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the driver s seat with belt pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision
315. hort spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON 7 Measure the voltage between the C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 41 42 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt Q Is the measured 0 volt YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking button mu S piter M Flat tipped screwdriver AC609928AB D 15 Intermediate connector module side Short spring Ts Cable tie a 22 700119 D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view AC608813 BF 52B 127 STEP 5 Voltage measurement at the D 15 intermediate connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 28 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module LH F 28 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is instal
316. ie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 43 44 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision d SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 238 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 43 44 and body ground It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C47 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 hikoa 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 323 1 AC608812GN STEP 5 Check harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3
317. if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors e Short to the power supply in the curtain air bag module LH squib harness e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 124 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the D
318. if there is abnormal resistance tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus between the input terminals of the seat slide sen lines sor The most likely causes for this code to be set CIRCUIT OPERATION ale ie noes The seat slide sensor sets the current value Hi or Open circuit In he sear slide sensorar Mar LON Ce eee Mu COR Mol Matfunction of connector contact e The occupant classification ECU determines the seat position according to the current value from the seat slide sensor TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 317 TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS Open circuit in the seat slide sensor circuit Malfunction of the seat slide sensor e Disengaged seat slide sensor connector MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B
319. in air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Check for continuity between the D 10 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side terminal No 1 and 2 It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Replace the curtain air bag module RH Refer to P 52B 409 Then go to Step 7 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision 52B 164 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DTC B1B54 DTC B1B55 DTC B1B56 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B23 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 Seat Belt Switch RH Circuit Ground Side Shorted Seat Belt Switch RH Circuit Power Supply Side Shorted Seat Belt Switch RH Circuit Open Seat Belt Switch Circuit
320. inflator DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if the weight sensor output voltage is out of the range guideline 1 to 3 5 V TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The weight sensor may be defective Occupant classification ECU be defective e The wiring harness or connectors may have loose corroded or damaged terminals or termi nals pushed back in the connector DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 302 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Ch
321. ing diagnosis or maintenance always observe the procedures in the SRS Diagnosis or the SRS Maintenance sections respectively If any SRS components are removed or replaced in connection with any service procedures be sure to follow the procedures in the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE section for the comportments involved If you have any questions about the SRS please contact the MMNA Tech Line 52B 2 ON VEHICLE SERVICE 52B 378 52 401 ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR 528 378 SIDE IMPACT SENSOR 52B 402 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 402 FRONT IMPACT SENSORS 52B 380 INSPECTION 528 404 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 380 INSPECTION 528 382 SIDE AIRBAG MODULES 52B 405 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 405 SRS CONTROL UNIT SRS ECU 52B 383 52B 408 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 383 INSPECTION 528 385 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULES 52B 409 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 52B 409 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK 52B 412 52 386 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION 528 386 SEAT BELTS WITH INSPECTION 528 392 52B 413 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
322. ing scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 44 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 45 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the driver s air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Slide the outer housing of the driver s air bag module Outer housing of the driver s air bag connector C 204 in the arrow dire
323. ing scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision 52B 350 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the KOS ECU or WCM diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS ECU or WCM Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the KOS or WCM NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES NO DTC U0184 Audio CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0184 is set in the occupant classi fication ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus lines e When replacing the ECU always check that the comm
324. insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 33 34 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 203 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 7 Measure the voltage between C 36 harness side connector 6 36 terminals 33 and 34 and body ground 6 Voltage should measure 0 volt Q connector front view 4ej4sia 414314214 110 5857 5e s5laats A Q Is the measured voltage within the specified range YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C2C sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 2 61 605958 575655 54535251 40 1 AC608813BI STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step
325. ion disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 7 Discard the deployed side air bag module as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING e Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Deploy the air bag in a wide flat area at least 6 meters 20 feet away from obstacles and other people Do not perform deployment outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the air bag module downwind from the battery 1 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A WARNING Store the curtain air bag module on a flat surface with its operation surface facing up Do not place anything on top of them 2 Remove the curtain air bag module from the vehicle Refer to P 52B 409 TSB Revision 52B 436 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT 3 Inflator Air bag AC303536AD Con
326. ion switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 51 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 52 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the driver s air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Slide the outer housing of the driver s air bag module Outer housing of the driver s air bag connector C 204 in the arrow direction shown and disconnect the connector Driver s air bag module Connector 4 pin yellow Ly x Lower column m cover A Horn connector C605948 AF MB991865 MB991866 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 Dummy resistor 39 Resistor harness CAUTION
327. ircuited or Open rear RH Weight Sensor FRONT SEAT aa ASSEMBLY RH D 39 Bo WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR FRONT LH FRONT RH D 39 3 D 39 4 CDI T T T I 1 T Game T1 2 1 CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 1 WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR REAR LH L L L L L REAR RH D 39 5 D 39 6 112132 W8G52M046A TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 309 Connectors D 39 1 D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 D 39 1 D 39 3 e 2 D 39 4 D 39 5 D 39 6 Ss 708954 CAUTION DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1B7A B1B7F B1B84 or B1B89 is set in This DTC is set if the weight sensor wires the occupant classification ECU always diag short circuited to the power supply nose the CAN main bus lines This DTC is set if the weight sensor wire are open CIRCUIT OPERATION circuit The load data from the weight sensor is classified with the occupant classification ECU and its classi fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus line The SRS ECU determines the air bag deploy ment based on this classified information and con trols the power supply circuit to the inflator TROUBLES
328. irection of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 4 Disconnect the ETACS ECU connector C 313 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms lt Fuse No 12 gt e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 62 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 2 lt Fuse No 18 gt e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 61 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 4 Q Does continuity exist YES Go to Step 9 NO Replace the harness wire between SRS ECU connector C 36 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 265 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B212C Fuse No 12 circuit or B212D Fuse No 18 circuit set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B2207 Occupant Restraint Controller Internal 1 DTC B2208 Occupant Restraint Controller Internal 2 DTC B2209 Occupant Restraint Controller Internal 3 DTC B220A Occupant Restraint Controller Internal 4 DTC B220B Occupant Restr
329. iring harness Floor wiring harness Seat belt pre tensioner RH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness Floor wiring harness Seat belt pre tensioner LH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness Floor wiring harness Side impact sensor LH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness Floor wiring harness Side impact sensor RH Correct or replace the floor wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 27 SERVICE PRECAUTIONS SRS ECU terminal No of harness Corrective action 55 58 Instrument panel wiring harness gt Correct or replace the Instrument panel Passenger s seat belt switch wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness gt Correct or replace instrument panel ETACS ECU fuse No 18 wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness gt Correct or replace instrument panel ETACS ECU fuse No 12 wiring harness A WARNING e The SRS components and seat belt with pre ten sioner should not be subjected to heat so remove the SRS ECU driver s and front passenger s air bag modules clock spring knee air bag module side air bag modules Curtain air bag modules front and side impact sensor and seat belt pre ten sioner before drying or baking the vehicle after painting e SRS ECU air bag module clock spring impact sensor 93 C 200 F or more Seat belt with pre tensioner 90 C 1
330. is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1207 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 42 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B00 Driver s Air Bag Module 1st Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground DTC 1 04 Driver s Air Bag Module 2nd Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Driver s Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 a a 3114115116 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 gt a 5 6 9 10 22 OFF E OFF ZN ON ZN ON iL g Sx e 5 1 co Ww Zo mos mo m m gt gt 4 3 1 2 OFF OFF oj ofr AON ON orp ON AEE EPOE 8 Q Q Q Q NOTE 5 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH SS 10 g Su CONNECTOR COUPLED ON ma nia E CONNECTOR URCOUPLED OFF m 2 65 gt a 4 3 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C 204 Connector C 79 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B00
331. ise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 45 46 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 217 C 36 Harness side connector front view 38 42 m 36 4 32 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 43 160s 9585 76655 5453625 1504948 AC608812GK SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 45 46 and body ground It should be an open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C38 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 STEP 5 Check harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Then go to Step 6
332. it Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 91 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 37 and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect connectors C 37 and C 14 then reconnect them 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector P 4 After disconnecting the connector while sliding the C 14 assenger s front air bag mod le connect harness side connector to the direction of the arrow connect the connector again 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B0B 1st squib gt or B1BOF 2nd squib gt set YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC AC306561 BI B1BOB 1st squib gt or B1BOF 2nd squib gt set as connector C 37 or C 14 was engaged improperly TSB Revision 52B 92 Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561 BI MB991866 MB991865 FS Dummy resistor Resistor harness C 14 Harness side connector 14 Passenger s front air bag
333. itch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561 BI MB991866 MB991865 FS i 7 tor h Dummy resistor Resistor arness C 14 Harness side connector 14 Passenger s front air bag module connector S AC306760 AU 52B 85 STEP 3 Check the passenger s front air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative
334. iver AC609928AB MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Q Resistor harness D 15 J Intermediate connector D 15 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 AV 52B 137 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 curtain air bag module LH connector F 28 and intermediate connector D 15 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 3 After disconnecting the D 15 and F 28 harness side connectors connect the connectors again For the F 28 connector disconnection use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it to ward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is DTC B1B1B set YES Go to Step 4 NO Connector repair STEP 4 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be
335. l MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the audio diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC is set to the audio Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the radio and CD player NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 352 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC U0195 Satellite Radio Tuner CAN Timeout CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U0195 is set in the occupant classi Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if fication ECU a
336. l Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C I MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness e MB991884 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 130 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit
337. l from C 208 harness side connector front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring harness side connector C 208 terminal No 3 and 4 1st squib or No 1 and 2 2nd squib gt by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B03 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B07 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the clock spring Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 8 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 69 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 6 Check the driver s air bag module circuit Measure the resistance at SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector AC506734 AD A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect clock spring connector C 208 to short the squib circuit 3 Di
338. le tie to a depth of 4mm connector front view 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 5 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch Cable tie 1st Squib gt A A thick between terminals 5 6 1st squib gt or 9 10 2nd squib and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON Short spring AC507302 4 mm 0 16 inch or more C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Ag A 22055 ooo Py amp eloooooo000 Fa b Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 55 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 7 Measure the voltage between C 37 harness side connector terminals 5 and 6 lt 1st squib gt or 9 and 10 lt 2nd squib gt and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt lt 1st squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view D 3 2 121110 9 8 7 I I 1f 1 Q Is the measured voltage within the specified range YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B01 1st squib or B1B05 2nd squib gt sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 ACGO0S813AZ NO Go to Step 6 5 2 1
339. led to the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 7 Check for continuity between the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side terminal No 1 2 and the body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B19 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision d SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 128 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B1A Curtain Air Bag Module LH Squib System Squib Circuit Open Curtain Air Bag Module Squib LH Circuit SRS ECU C 36 32 33 Ao 41 42
340. lfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 101 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GRO
341. ll y f SS Locking 5127452 lt button C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Cable tie STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 36 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 For connector D 40 use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 43 44 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision 52B 248 MB991884 Resistor harness D
342. ll sub communication does not assembly function correctly a Vehicle communication interface V C I b M U T IIl USB cable c M U T III main harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system d main harness B Vehicles without CAN communication system e main harness C for Daimler Chrysler models only f M U T IIIl measurement adapter 9 M U T III trigger harness MB991826 MB991958 MB991865 SRS air bag and seat belt with A Dummy resistor pre tensioner circuit check MB991865 MB991866 Driver s and passenger s front Resistor harness air bag and side air bag circuit check MB991866 TSB Revision 52B 370 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS TEST EQUIPMENT Tool number name Application MB991884 Resistor harness Knee air bag curtain air bag and seat belt with pre tensioner circuit check MB991885 Adapter harness Deployment of Knee air bag curtain air bag and seat belt with pre tensioner inside or outside the vehicle pne 22 Do not use MB991223 MB991223 General service tools Checking the continuity and a MB991219 b MB991220 c MB991221 d MB991222 Harness set a Test harness b LED harness c LED harness adaptor d Probe measuring the voltage at the SRS ECU harness connector Q 3 4 70 E d M
343. lock spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal connector AC306767AR N CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B02 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B06 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the clock spring Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS AC506734 AD ist Squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Short spring AC507302 4 mm 0 16 inch or more i C 37 Harness side Q connector front view Section A A Terminal Cable tie ru 55 P amp elooooo0000 ui B Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more 52B 61 STEP 5 Check the harness between the SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and 6 1st squib gt or terminal No 9 and 10 2nd squib gt and the clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 and 3 1st squib gt or terminal No 1 and 2 2nd squib gt for open circuit 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 37 and clock spring connector C 208 3 While pushi
344. lt Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring side air bag module connector C 204 terminal No 1 and 2 lt 1st squib gt api or terminal No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing module 5 Connect the negative battery terminal AC306758 AY A CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B01 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B05 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s air bag module Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision MB991865 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 53 MB991866 sai dd ie harness TE 2 C 208 Clock spring connector AC306767AR SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the clock spring 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Inser
345. lways diagnose the CAN main occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per bus lines form the normal data transmission occupant classifi When replacing the ECU always check that cation ECU determines that an abnormality is the communication circuit is normal present TROUBLE JUDGMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the pe from 2 es wees E a e The CAN bus may be defective S DODUDAUTEDISSSHIGSHOTE SPISS e The satellite radio tuner may be defective 2 e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C I e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision
346. m TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 295 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 ut 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the ETACS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the ETACS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service
347. me if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate W8G52M038A AC708954 AF e The ignition signal is input to the side air bag module to inflate the side air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the side air bag mod ule RH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e Open circuit in the side air bag module RH squib circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 205 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer
348. mediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 10 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Check for continuity between the D 10 intermediate connector module side terminal No 1 2 and body ground It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B20 set YES Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO Intermittent Malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 146 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B21 Curtain Air Bag Module RH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Curtain Air Bag Module Squib RH Circuit
349. minal No 61 62 e Short circuit check for SRS ECU power supply wire Q Is the check result normal YES Replace the power supply fuse NO Repair the wiring harness And than replace the power supply fuse STEP 3 Battery check Refer to GROUP 544A Battery Test P 54A 9 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 4 NO Charge or replace the battery TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 257 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Measure the voltage at the ETACS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the C 309 ETACS ECU connector 2 Measure the voltage between the C 309 harness side connector terminal No 1 and the body ground e The voltage should measure 12 volts battery positive voltage C 309 Harness side connector rear view Q Is the measured voltage approximately 12 volts battery positive voltage YES Go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 AC709344AE STEP 5 Wiring harness check between the fusible link 34 and the C 309 ETACS ECU connector terminal No 1 e Open circuit check for ETACS ECU power supply wire Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 10 NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the ETACS A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991
350. minal No 31 and 32 and the side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module LH connector D 34 A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 31 32 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 190 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from D 34 har ness side connector front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and the side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 32 and the side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal AC608812GF No 1 D 34
351. minals 43 44 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON 7 Measure the voltage between C 36 harness side connector terminals 43 44 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C48 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 243 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 43 and 44 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C48 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1C49 Front Passenger s
352. n Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 236 I Pre tensioner H WV SAG 5 Harness side ji connector M screwdriver SY ri XI Cy NS Locking 969 button 7 2 On ZX BEE ae __ __ 609576 MB991884 Resistor harness Dummy resistor 3 D 40 Harness side connector AC301553CC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 40 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C47 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passenger s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 237 SRS AI
353. n before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Curtain air bag wiring harness connector Inflator Locking gt A button KC 25 5 Flat tipped screwdriver AC609834AB MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 39 Resistor harness D 10 Intermediate connector D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 AI 52B 161 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 curtain air bag module RH connector F 04 and inte
354. nd connector front view H F Voltage should measure 0 volt NESE O Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt ENS EEEPEPSIHEREREAESRE T YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check l the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B11 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go ES to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 AC608813BD STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and knee air bag module connector C 39 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B11 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 105 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B12 Driver s Knee Air Bag Squib System Squib Circuit Open Knee Air Bag Module Squib Circuit
355. nection SEL 4 Deployment wires 991885 7 a 6 m 20 ft or longer Insulator tape 5 AC103480AL Old tire 6 without wheel MB991885 Inflator 74 Wire AC303641AE 7 Old tires without wheels Deployment wires ACX00611AE BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES Cut the inflator from the air bag as shown in the figure using a cutter or a similar tool Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulation tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the air bags from being unintentionally deployed because of the static and others Connect the special tool MB991885 to the curtain air bag module Feed a thick wire through the bracket of the inflator and connect it to an old tire without a wheel Place the tire to which the inflator is fixed onto the two stacked tires Then place 1 or more old tires without wheel onto the stacked tires and tie and fix all the tires with rope 4 positions TSB Revision Deployment wires SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 437 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE _ Vehicle battery ACX01315AG AN WARNING e Before operation check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby
356. nector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 lt 1st squib gt terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Check for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q 15 DTC B1B0B 1st squib gt B1BOF 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 95 DTC B1B10 Driver s Knee Air Bag Squib System Shorted To Squib Circuit Ground Knee Air Bag Module Squib Circuit RED BLUE SRS ECU C 37 nl v 1 2 3 41516171819 191112 13 i4 t5 t6 17 18 19 20 2 1 22 23 24 a 7 a 1 NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF KNEE AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB 0 39 AC708951AC A CAUTION If DTC B1B10 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag an
357. nes that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS When the signals from hands free module cannot be The CAN bus line may be defective received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0197 Data link Meee MB991827 AC608435 AB e The hands free module may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 TSB Revision 52B 294 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DTC U1414 Defective Coding Data N CAUTION SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the hands free module diagnostic trouble co
358. nes that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective e The hands free module may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C l e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 354 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the hands free module diagnostic trouble code Check if the DTC is set to the hands free module Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the hands free cellular phone system NO Goto Step 3
359. ng harness and connectors e SRS ECU sends the SRS warning light signal to Combination meter malfunction the combination meter via the CAN communica e Malfunction of SRS ECU tion DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 364 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 Use scan tool MB991958 to diagnose the CAN bus lines 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 SRS warning light check 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU conne
360. ng the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 to short the squib circuit 4 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 5 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 5 6 1st squib gt or 9 10 2nd squib and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision 52B 62 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C 208 harness side connector front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 5 and the clock 1st squib gt 2 spring connector C 208 terminal No 4 lt 1st squib gt SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 6 and the clock Coan Sees Valer spring connector C 208 terminal N
361. ngaged improperly STEP 4 Check the side air bag module RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 36 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2E set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS E SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 211 STEP 5 Check the side air bag module RH circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 2 2 While pushing the part indicated the figure of the DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module connector D 36 A CAU
362. nostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Check if the DTC is set 3 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Are any Stored or Active DTCs output YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 267 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B223D OCM Occupant Classification ECU DTC Present A CAUTION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If DTC B223D is set the SRS ECU always diag Malfunction of the SRS ECU nose the CAN main bus line DTC SET CONDITION It is set if a DTC occurs the occupant classifica tion ECU e Malfunction of the occupant classification ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tool MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the 6 ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con Data link connector necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 v 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to Ho
363. nt wires Connection 6 m 20 ft or longer AC100450 AG Side airbag 72 Front module LY ha S d Deployment wires Insulator Ld BEEN Connection tape JL AC708663AC DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE VEHICLE lt SIDE AIR BAG MODULE gt A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to 52 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING e Deploy the side air bag in a wide flat area at least 6 meters 20 feet away from obstacles and other people Do not perform deployment outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the side air bag module downwind from the bat tery 1 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A CAUTION Once disconnected both electrodes of the side air bag module connector short automatically to prevent acciden tal deployment caused by static etc Still in consideration of the accidental deployment store the side air bag mod ule on flat place with deployment surface facing up Also do not put anything on it 2 Remove the side air bag module from the front seat assembly incorporated in the side air bag Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 3 Obtain two suitable wires which are 6 meters 20 feet or
364. o 3 1st squib connector front view i m a ia 211061918 AARE HAK H pegas I AC608812FA lt 2nd squib gt e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 9 and the clock C7208 Poi spring connector C 208 terminal No 1 2nd squib Min 255 SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 10 and the clock spring connector C 208 terminal No 2 2nd 0 B rm ach ti C 37 Harness side ee front pe squib E Ancangan H Q Does continuity exist otf i YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTCB1B02 1st squib gt 1 06 lt 2nd squib gt set replace the SRS ECU AC608812FB Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and clock spring connector C 208 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTCB1B02 1st squib gt or B1B06 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 63 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B03 Driver s Air Bag Module 1st squib System Sho
365. o to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 126 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A UA c3 Em c3 c3 c3 AS Short spring re AC507303 4 mm 0 16 inch or mo C 36 Harness side connector front view aask 6261605056 AC608813BE SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Voltage measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 15 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness N CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 41 42 and the short spring to release the s
366. of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 209 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the air bag from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are disconnected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connector C 36 or D 36 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the connector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system e MB991865 Dummy resister e MB991866 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991934 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991934 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991934 1 Connect scan tool MB991934 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the check result satisfactory YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14
367. old one according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 There must be no abnormality to the air bag deployment section of headlining 1 Check the inflator surface for cracks dents or deformations 2 Check the air bag for breakage 3 Check the connector for damage the terminal for deformation and the harness for binding TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 413 SEAT BELTS WITH PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELTS WITH PRE TENSIONER REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION M1524004101122 A WARNING Never attempt to disassemble or repair the seat belt pre tensioner If faulty replace it Be extremely careful when handling the seat with pre tensioner Do not subject it to shocks drop it bring it close to strong magnets or allow contact with water grease or oil Always replace it with a new part if any dents cracks or deformation is found Do not place anything on the seat belt pre tensioner Do not expose the seat belt pre tensioner to temperatures over 90 C 194 F After operating the seat belt pre tensioner replace the seat belt pre tensioner with a new part Gloves and protective goggles must be worn when handling a seat belt pre tensioner once it has been used If disposing of a seat belt with pre tensioner which has not yet been operated its seat belt pre tensioner must be operated first before disposal Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat belt
368. ollow the appropriate procedure in this section Front impact sensor refer to P 52B 380 SRS ECU refer to P 52B 383 Air bag modules and clock M1524002900969 spring refer to P 52B 386 Side airbag module refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly 52 24 Knee air bag module refer to P 52B 398 Side impact sensor refer to P 52B 402 Curtain air bag module refer to P 52B 409 Seat belt with pre ten sioner refer to P 52B 413 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 378 ON VEHICLE SERVICE ON VEHICLE SERVICE ACCURACY CHECK OF OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SENSOR A CAUTION The following precaution must be observed when execut ing accuracy testing and calibration e Perform the occupant classification sensor calibration at room temperature Proposal 20 15 C 68 27 F Before the calibration place the occupant classifica tion sensor more than 30 minutes at room tempera ture e Do not apply any load or vibration while the weight check and the calibration is performed e Perform the weight check and the calibration after seat components are all assembled CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector M1524025100135 MB991827 AC608435 AB 2 To ex
369. on 3 Measure the voltage between terminals 1 3 5 7 9 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volts Q Is the measured voltage with in the specified range YES Go to Step 4 NO Repair the wiring harness between the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminals 1 3 5 7 9 and the body ground Then go to Step 5 STEP 4 Check the harness open circuit between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 and weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 or D 39 6 1 Disconnect occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 and weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 or D 39 6 2 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 3 and the weight sensor connector D 39 3 terminal No 3 e Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 5 and the weight sensor connector D 39 4 terminal No 3 e Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 7 and the weight sensor connector D 39 6 terminal No 3 Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 9 and the weight sensor connector D 39 5 terminal No 3 Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 1 and the weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 and D 39 6 terminal No 2 e Occupant classification ECU connector D 39 1 terminal No 12 and weight sensor connector D 39 3 D 39 4 D 39 5 and D 39 6 t
370. on shows the side impact sensor LH The position of the side impact sensor RH is symmetrical to this SEAT SLIDE SENSOR 1 Check that there is no connector damage bent terminals or harness crimping 2 Check the installation of the seat slide sensor TSB Revision 52B 376 Weight sensor Occupant classification ECU me sensor SH AC709455AB e 27 Pd Ei sente a LRT 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU AND WEIGHT SENSOR 1 Check the occupant classification ECU case and weight sensor for dents cracks or deformation 2 Check the connector for damage and the terminals for deformation 3 Check the installation of the occupant classification ECU and weight sensor 4 Check the diagnostic trouble code of the occupant classification ECU and replace the slide adjuster RH if DTC B1BA7 is set CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE 1 Check that the curtain air bag deployment part of the headlining is normal 2 Check the inflator surface for cracks dents or deformations 3 Check the connector for damage the terminal for deformation and the harness for binding STEERING WHEEL STEERING COLUMN AND SHAFT ASSEMBLY 1 Check the wiring harness built into the steering wheel and the connectors for damage and the terminals for deformation 2 Install the air bag module to check fit or alignment with the steering wh
371. onger AC502991Al Driver s air bag module Deployment wires AC706356 AD DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE lt DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE gt A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Deploy the air bag in a wide flat area at least 6 meters 20 feet away from obstacles and other people Do not perform deployment outside if a strong wind is blowing If there is a slight breeze place the air bag module downwind from the battery 1 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A CAUTION Once disconnected both electrodes of the driver s air bag module connector short automatically to prevent acciden tal deployment caused by static etc Still in consideration of the accidental deployment store the air bag module on a flat place with deployment surface facing up Do not put anything on it 2 Remove the air bag module from the vehicle Refer P 52B 386 3 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB992102 and cover the connections with insulator tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to pre
372. onnector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 45 46 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON 7 Measure the voltage between C 36 harness side connector terminals 45 46 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C39 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision 52B 222 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 45 and 46 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and driver s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 25 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC
373. onnector C 208 MB991865 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 sai resistor 30 Resistor harness N CAUTION i Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into clock spring harness side connector C 208 terminal No 3 and 4 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 2 and 1 lt 2nd squib gt by backprobing C 208 Clock spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal connector AC306767AR N CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC 1 00 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B04 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the clock spring Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 47 AC506734 AD lt 1st Squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view Section Terminal f Cable tie 43 2 ERE Short spring AC507302 4 mm 0 16 inch or more C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Ag A 22055 ooo Py
374. ont air bag module connector short automatically to prevent accidental deployment caused by static etc Still in consideration of possible accidental deployment store the air bag module on flat place with deployment surface facing up Do not put anything on it 2 Remove the air bag module from the vehicle Refer to P 52B 393 3 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB992102 and cover the connections with insulator tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the air bags from being unintentionally deployed because of the static and others 4 Connect the special tool MB992102 to the passenger s front air bag module 5 Pass the thick wire through the hole of air bag module mounting bracket When with the air bag module deployment surface facing upward fit the module to the old tire with wheel TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 431 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE oa A gt tires z EA Bo without wheels Deployment wires ACX00611AE Vehicle battery Deployment wires ACX01315AG 6 Place three old tires without wheels on top of the tire secured to the air bag module and secure all tires together with r
375. ool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 277 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the KOS ECU or WCM diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the KOS ECU or WCM Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the KOS or WCM NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 DTC U0170 Front Impact Sensor LH Communication Error Front Impact Sensor LH Circuit
376. open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52B 281 DTC U0171 Front Impact Sensor RH Communication Error Front Impact Sensor RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 u o l 2 3 4 5 e 7 8T9 101112 i y 341516111819 0 21 22123 24 23 24 l Sa A 20 oe zu Mo 15 C 131 516171819 111819207122 FRONT IMPACT SENSOR RH ACCELERO METER W8G52M043A Connector A 42 Connector A 52 a Lud AC708949AD EON AC708948AE ACT08951AC AC708950AG CAUTION If DTC U0171 is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line TSB Revision 52B 282 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS CIRCUIT OPERATION SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS If an impact of set value or more is detected the front These DTCs are set if communication between the impact sensor sends the coded acceleration data to front impact sensor RH and the SRS ECU is not SRS ECU Based on the acceleration data possible or faulty SRS ECU determines the necessity of driver s and front passenger s air bag deployment and then turns TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS O
377. opes four locations A WARNING e Before deployment check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions f the air bag fails to deploy do not go near the module 7 Ata location as far away from the air bag module as possible and from a shielded position disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 8 Discard the deployed air bag module as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 TSB Revision 52B 432 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES DEPLOYMENT OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE lt KNEE AIR BAG MODULE gt A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Deploy the air bag in a wide flat area at least 6
378. or 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C36 set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the driver s knee air bag module Refer to AGSUTSSSCA P 52B 398 Then go to Step 7 C 39 Harness side connector TSB Revision 52B 114 AC506734 AD 1 Harness side connector sa Opi Pre tensioner 1 Locking button Flat tipped screwdriver 5 AC609126AC C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302BJ SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the knee air bag module circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector DANGER To prevent the knee air bag module from deploying unintentionally disconnect the knee air bag module connector C 39 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in t
379. or engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 DTC U0154 Occupant Classification ECU CAN Timeout N CAUTION JUDGMENT CRITERIA e If the DTC U0154 is set be sure to diagnose Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if the CAN main bus line SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal When replacing the ECU always check that data transmission SRS ECU determines that an the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS When the signals from occupant classification ECU e The CAN bus line may be defective E i E e The occupant classification ECU may be defec l tive e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface V C l e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision 52B 272 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB99195
380. ouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C4A set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the passenger s seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 253 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever AC507645 AC Harness side connector C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Cable tie 4 mm 0 16 inch or more STEP 5 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be
381. ouch the vehicle body with bare hands to release the charged static With the side air bag module connector disconnected cut the floor harness using a nipper or similar tools Connect the deployment wire to each of two cut wiring harnesses After covering the connection areas with insulation tape pull out the deployment wire to outside the vehicle Connect the floor harness to which the deployment wire is connected to the side air bag module connector A WARNING e glass is scratched air bag deployment could cause it to crack and fly out of the vehicle so always put a cover over the vehicle 9 To suppress the operation sound as much as possible Deployment wire 6 m 20ft or longer ACX01308 Al completely close all door windows close the doors and put the cover on the vehicle TSB Revision 52B 424 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES A WARNING Before deploying the air bag in this manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for pos
382. ow to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3Q Resistor harness D 10 Intermediate connector D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side AC507310 Al 52B 149 STEP 3 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 10 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again 7 Disconnect the negative battery terminal Q Is DTC B1B21 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Goto Step 5 TSB Revision x SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 150 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Voltage measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal ef 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the fig
383. pair the wiring harness as necessary STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the occupant classifica tion ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 304 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B79 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor ground side Short circuited front LH DTC B1B7E Passenger Seat Weight Sensor ground side Short circuited front RH DTC B1B83 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor ground side Short circuited rear LH DTC B1B88 Passenger Seat Weight Sensor ground side Short circuited rear RH Weight Sensor FRONT SEAT aa ASSEMBLY RH D 39 Bo WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR FRONT LH FRONT RH D 39 3 D 39 4 CDI T T T I 1 T Game T1 2 1 CLASSIFICATION ECU D 39 1 WEIGHT SENSOR WEIGHT SENSOR REAR
384. passenger s front air bag module circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 4 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561BI TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 81 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS A CAUTION ist Squib gt Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm C 37 Harness side 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be connector front view released 5 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch Terminal thick between terminals 7 and 8 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 2nd squib gt and the short spring to release the short spring 6 Connect the negative battery terminal 7 Ignition switch ON m 0 16 inch or sping lt 2nd Q C
385. place the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 62161 60 5958575655 545352451 a AC608812GH STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 33 and 34 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 terminal No 1 and 2 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module RH connector D 36 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C2B set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision 52B 200 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1C2C Side air bag Module RH Squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Side airbag Module Squib RH Circuit SRS ECU 6 36 a AL Jn 31 32 33 34 35136 37 38 3940 41 42 434 45 46 47 48149
386. placing the ECU always check that data transmission SRS ECU determines that an the communication circuit is normal abnormality is present TROUBLE JUDGMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS If the signal from combination meter cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0155 e The combination meter may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con e link connector necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 wr ud 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 52B 274 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Using scan tool MB991958 read the combination meter diagno
387. placing the parts discard the old parts after deploying the air bag according to the specified proce dure Refer to P 52B 417 If any malfunction is found in the following inspections replace the air bag module with a new one 1 Check the harness and connector for damage and the ter minal for deformation 2 Check the air bag inflator cases for dents cracks or defor mation 3 Check the air bag module for proper installation M1524047400059 Squib connectors Inflator TSB Revision 2 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 398 KNEE AIR BAG MODULE KNEE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A WARNING e Never attempt to disassemble or repair the knee air bag modules If faulty replace it Do not drop the knee air bag modules or allow contact with water grease or oil Replace it if a dent crack deformation or rust is detected Do not expose the knee air bag modules to temperatures over 93 C 200 F After deployment of the air bag replace the air bag module with a new one Wear gloves and safety glasses when handling air bags that have already deployed An undeployed knee air bag module should only be disposed of in accordance with the procedures Refer to P 52B 417 When removing and installing the front passenger seat be sure to carry out accuracy check occupant classification sensor after t
388. poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check the passenger s front air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 3 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 5 Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side connector C 14 terminal No 1 and 2 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 3 and 4 lt 2nd squib gt by backprobing 6 Connect the negative battery terminal A CAUTION Always DTC B1BOE is set when checking DTC 1 09 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1BOE is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC 1 is set when checking DTC B1BOD because the first side terminal is isolated 7 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passengers front air bag module Refer to P 52B 393 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 80 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the
389. position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC U1419 The signal from a weight sensor front LH is unusual DTC U141A The signal from a weight sensor front RH is unusual DTC U141B The signal from a weight sensor rear LH is unusual DTC U141C The signal from a weight sensor rear RH is unusual DTC U1423 The signal from a weight sensor is unusual DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS There DTCs are set if communication between the Malfunction of weight sensor weight sensor and the occupant classification ECU is not possible or faulty DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 357 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF posi
390. put the cover on the vehicle A WARNING Before deploying the air bag in this manner first check to be sure that there is no one in or near the vehicle Wear safety glasses The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from the air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 439 for post operation han dling instructions If the air bag module fails to deploy do not go near the air bag module 8 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each the and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the air bag 9 After deployment dispose of the air bag module according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE lt SIDE AIR BAG MODULE 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the and terminals of battery ca
391. r D 34 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module LH connector D 34 N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 31 32 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 182 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 31 32 and body ground It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code from memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C27 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 i i baleileosose57beb5 545362 5 i bola a a 46454443424 140 39 38 37 36 35 34 83321 2 AC608812GD STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to ground between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to St
392. r front view 1 lnejasja4l43l2 41140 59 853756 35343 251 62161160595 2 5453 5215150 49 48 Q Is the check result normal AC608812HR YES go to Step 6 NO Repair harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Seat belt buckle switch continuity check passenger s side Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Belt P 52A 29 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side Refer to GROUP 524A Front Seat Belt P 52A 28 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B54 B1B55 or B1B56 set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 169 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC B1B70 Malfunction of G sensor inside Front Impact Sensor LH DTC B1B71 Malfunction of G sensor inside Front Impact Sensor RH A CAUTION e Analog G sensor characteristics are abnormal If DTC B1B70 or B1B71 is set in the SRS ECU aser SO SORORIS always diagnose the CAN main bus line TROU
393. r the Following Compo nents SRS ECU Clock Spring Air Bag Modules Front impact sensor Side Impact Sensor Seat Belt with Pre tensioner If any of these components are diagnosed as faulty they should only be replaced in accordance with the INDIVIDUAL COMPONENT SERVICE procedures in this manual starting on P 52B 377 Do not attempt to repair the wiring harness con nectors of the SRS If any of the connectors are SRS ECU connector diagnosed as faulty replace the wiring harness If the wires are diagnosed as faulty replace or repair the wiring harness according to the following table M1524000301339 Insulating tape Battery O go Battery cable ACX00583AF AC506921AC TSB Revision SRS ECU terminal No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SERVICE PRECAUTIONS Destination of harness Corrective action 1 2 Instrument panel wiring harness air bag module Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Instrument panel wiring harness gt Clock spring Driver s air bag module 1st squib side Correct or replace the instrument panel wiring harness Replace the clock spring Instrument panel wiring harness gt Passenger s front air bag module
394. r view S 1121 C 37 Harness side connector front view 121 1019 8 7 6 514 2 1 a diio a 608812 52 87 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4 mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 5 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and the short spring to release the short spring A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from C 14 harness side connector front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and the pas senger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 lt 1st squib gt e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 8 and the pas senger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 1 lt 1st squib gt e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 11 and the pas senger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 4 lt 2nd squib gt e SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 12 and the pas senger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 3 lt 2nd squib gt Q Does continuity exis
395. rd you in two on Pre tensioner stages and then disconnect the connector E m Harness side Flat tipped screwdriver N AC609126AC 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 DEFY easter ee erence 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the C 39 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B12 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s knee air bag module Refer to AC301553CA P 52B 398 Then go to Step 5 C 39 Harness side connector TSB Revision 52B 108 AC506734 AD PA SN Harness side connector M Locking button 6 AC P CA Pre tensioner screwdriver AC609126AC C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and the knee air bag module C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To pr
396. re check the battery first switch IG1 e The SRS ECU power is supplied from two cir TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS cuits Even if one circuit is shut off the air bag can inflate Open circuit to power supply circuit Damaged wiring harnesses or connectors Malfunction of the SRS ECU Malfunction of ETACS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Power supply fuse check Q Is the fuse in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Goto Step 2 STEP 2 Check for a blown fuse 1 Replace the fuse 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position wait for at least one minute and then turn the switch off 3 Check the fuse Q Is the fuse in good condition YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair the wiring harness between the fusible link 34 and the C 36 SRS ECU connector terminal No 61 62 and replace the power supply fuse TSB Revision 52B 262 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB99
397. ressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 34 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C28 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 6 STEP 4 Check the side air bag module LH circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module LH connector D 34 N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 31 32 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Ignition switch ON TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 186 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 7 Measure
398. rmediate connector D 10 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 3 After disconnecting the D 10 and F 04 harness side connectors connect the connectors again For the F 04 connector disconnection use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it to ward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is DTC B1B23 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Connector repair STEP 4 Check by dummy resistor connection 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 10 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again
399. rt Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals DTC B1B07 Driver s Air Bag Module 2nd squib System Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals Driver s Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 0 37 olf 213 415 6 7 8 9 01112 13114115116 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a o Epp CLOCK SPRING C 208 Bp NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C 204 1121314 W8G52M031A Connector C 37 vee Connectors C 204 C 208 6210 Pw C 37 Y Lr gt 37 Y 20 204 Y 708951 um a ACT0B953AB A CAUTION If DTC B1B03 1st squib gt or B1B07 2nd squib gt is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN bus lines TSB Revision 52B 64 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the front impact sensors and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module via the clock spring to inflat
400. s MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 245 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the MB991827 scan tool P 52B 28 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 NX 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal Y uU YES Go to Step 2 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to
401. s Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the wiring harness between the C 37 SRS ECU connector terminal No 17 and body ground STEP 2 Wiring harness check between the C 36 SRS ECU connector terminal Nos 61 and 62 and the ignition switch IG1 NOTE Prior to the wiring harness inspection check the ETACS ECU connectors C 309 C 313 and C 317 and repair if necessary e Check the power supply line for open and short circuit Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 3 NO Repair the wiring harness TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 361 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Retest the system Q Is the communication between scan tool and SRS ECU possible YES Intermittent malfunction Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 NO Replace SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 TSB Revision 52B 362 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection procedure 3 The SRS Warning Light does not Illuminate SRS Warning Light Circuit SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS IGNITION FUSIBLE SWITCH 101 LINK G LLI 10 8191011 12 1 c 309 LIZ 7N ETACS ECU
402. s injury TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 15 GENERAL INFORMATION FRONT IMPACT FRONT IMPACT SENSOR LH ACCELERO ACCELERO SENSOR RH METER METER CPU 1 2 1 2 5 5 z 22 5 77 gt ode ous 1 di Su 5 aa I zg 58 lt gt 28 SRS ECU 6 87 a a 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 I I I I I 1 3140516 11118190 71 2212324 a 7 o CLOCK SPRING C 208 A n 41121314 CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C 204 1 2 3 4 W8G52M049A TSB Revision 52B 16 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF 2122 23 24 SRS ECU 0 36 31 32 33 34 35 363 7 38 39 40 4 1 42 43144145 46
403. s line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 297 STEP 2 Using scan tool 991958 read the ETACS ECU diagnostic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the ETACS ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the ETACS ECU NO Goto Step 3 STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE CHART lt OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION ECU gt A CAUTION During diagnosis a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is turned on with connector s disconnected After completing the repair confirm all systems for DTC code s If DTC code s are set erase them all Inspect according to the inspection chart that is appropriate for the DTC M1524003301628 Diagnostic trouble Inspection item
404. s poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS MB991865 Dummy resistor 3 Q MB991866 x Resistor harness Harness side amp connector D 34 Side airbag module LH connector AC507310 AW Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Pu 250 2 3 1 ZA 4 mm 0 16 inch or more ort SprIn9 C50 Cable tie 52B 189 STEP 3 Check the side air bag module LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 34 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and then check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C29 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52 Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 5 STEP 4 Check the harness for open circuit between the SRS ECU connector C 36 ter
405. s set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC U0175 set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision 52B 290 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS DTC U0184 Audio CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0184 is set be sure to diagnose the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS When the signals from radio and CD player or CD The CAN bus li be defecti changer cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the di radio ana d 5 PD may be DTC U0184 MB991827 AC608435 AB defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system
406. scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 321 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the seat slide sensor circuit Measure the voltage at the occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 1 Disconnect occupant classification connector ECU connector D 39 2 2 Disconnect seat slide sensor connector D 32 3 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pr
407. sconnect clock spring connector C 208 A CAUTION ist Squib gt 6 57 Harness side Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm connector front view 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released Section 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch Terminal A lt S ome tie thick between terminals 5 6 lt 1st squib gt or 9 10 lt 2nd squib gt and the short spring to release the short spring hort sprin 4 mm 0 16 inch or more B spring AC507302 C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal Ag A 22055 ooo Py amp eloooooo000 Ee Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more TSB Revision 52B 70 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS lt 1st squib gt 5 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector 6 57 Harness side terminals 5 and 6 1st squib gt or 9 and 10 2nd squib gt connector front view It should be open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If B1B03 1st squib or B1B07 2nd squib gt set replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 8 NO Goto Step 7 1211110 9 8 7 6 544 3 1 I I af I 2 ge
408. se for dents cracks or deformation 4 Install the air bag module driver s side to the steering wheel and check fit and alignment with the steering wheel 5 Install the air bag module front passenger s side to the instrument panel and front deck crossmember and check fit and alignment CLOCK SPRING If any malfunction is found in the following inspections replace the clock spring with a new one 1 Check the connectors and protective tubes for damage and the terminal for deformation 2 Check the case for damage 3 Check that the continuity exists between the following connector terminals C 205 connector terminal 1 and horn switch connector C 205 connector terminal 2 and C 202 connector terminal 5 C 205 connector terminal 3 and C 202 connector terminal 4 C 205 connector terminal 4 and C 202 connector terminal 3 C 205 connector terminal 5 and C 202 connector terminal 2 C 205 connector terminal 6 and C 202 connector terminal 1 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 393 PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE Clock spring 5 vs multi meter N CAUTION Never insert the probe directly to the terminals from the front of the connector 4 Check the continuity between the driver s air bag module Rear view connectors according to the following procedures nasa 1 Insert special tool extra fine probe MB992006 from the backside of driver s air bag module connector
409. set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check the passenger s front air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 3 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 5 Insert special tool MB991866 into the harness side connector C 14 terminal No 1 and 2 1st squib gt or terminal No 3 and 4 2nd squib gt by backprobing 6 Connect the negative battery terminal A CAUTION Always DTC B1BOE is set when checking DTC B1B08 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1BOE is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B0A is set when checking DTC 1 because the first side terminal is isolated 7 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC se
410. set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 9 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Lock lever C 313 Harness side connector front view f 7 6 5 161151141312 Fav o2 2160159 58 57 56 55 54 153152 5 1 50 49 48 140 39 3837 36 35 34 33 32131 C 36 Harness side connector front view lt AC608812GP 52B 259 STEP 9 Check the harness for open circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 61 and 62 and the ETACS ECU connector C 313 terminal No 4 and 2 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect SRS ECU connector C 36 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 4 Disconnect the ETACS ECU connector C 313 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms Fuse
411. sition Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision 5 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 326 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC B1BA7 set YES After executing zero calibration of the occupant classification ECU execute 30 Kg 66 pounds system and 0 Kg 0 pound system NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 DTC B1BBA Passenger Seat Weight Sensor Power Supply Circuit A CAUTION l p DTC SET CONDITIONS If DTC B1BBA is set in the occupant classifica This DTC is set if the weight sensor power supply tion ECU always diagnose the CAN main bus line is defective lines CIRCUIT OPERATION TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS The load data from the weight sensor is classified e The weight sensor may be defective with the occupant classification ECU and its classi e The occupant classification ECU may be defec fied information is send to SRS ECU by CAN bus tive line The SRS ECU de
412. sitive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle A WARNING Store the seat belt pre tensioner on a flat surface with its operation surface facing up Do not place anything on top of them 2 Remove the seat belt pre tensioner from the vehicle Refer to P 52B 413 TSB Revision 52B 438 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURES 3 Connect deployment wires each 6 meters 20 feet or longer to the two leads of special tool MB991885 and cover the connections with insulation tape The other ends of the deployment wires should be connected to each other short circuited to prevent sudden unexpected operation of the seat belt pre tensioner NOTE This prevents the unintentional activation of inflator caused by the static or others 4 Connect the special tool MB991885 which the deployment AC103480AL wires is attached to to the seat belt pre tensioner connector CAUTION The adapter harness below the wheel should be loose If it is too tight the reaction when the seat belt pre tensioner operates could damage the adapter harness 5 Pass the thick wires through the hole on the seat belt pre tensioner bracket and secure them to the front raised part of the wheel in two places 6 Pull the seat belt out to the outside of the tire and then place Tires one tire without a
413. splayed diagnostic trouble codes Refer to SRS ECU P 52B 31 Occupant classification ECU P 52B 297 NOTE If the battery power supply has been disconnected or disrupted by the collision scan tool MB991958 cannot com municate with the SRS ECU Check the battery then check and if necessary repair the front wiring harness and the instrument panel wiring harness before proceeding 3 Read the data list fault duration and how many times memories are erased using scan tool MB991958 Refer to P 52B 367 4 Erase the diagnostic trouble codes and then turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position MB991827 AC608435 AB 5 Wait for at least one second and then turn the ignition switch to the ON position again 6 After waiting 15 seconds or more note all displayed diagnostic trouble codes Refer to SRS ECU P 52B 31 Occupant classification ECU P 52B 297 TSB Revision S SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 372 POST COLLISION DIAGNOSIS REPAIR PROCEDURE WHEN FRONT AIR BAGS DEPLOY IN A COLLI SION 1 Replace the following parts with new ones Front impact sensors Refer to P 52B 380 SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Driver s air bag modules Refer to P 52B 386 Passenger s front air bag modules Refer to P 52B 393 Knee air bag module Refer to P 52B 398 Seat belt with pre tensioner Refer to P 52B 413 Instrument panel assembly Refer to GROUP 52A
414. ssembly can not LIKELY CAUSES FOR THIS CASE communicate with the SRS system the CAN bus e Damaged wiring harness or connector lines may be defective If the SRS system does not e Malfunction of the SRS ECU work the SRS ECU or its power supply circuit may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the Scan Tool M U T III P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Check and repair the power supply circuit system Refer to P 52B 359 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 359 Inspection procedure 2 Power supply circuit system IG1 Power Supply Circuit
415. stallation inspection P 37 26 Required Special Tools MB990803 Steering Wheel Puller MB991958 Scan Tool M U T III Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicle Communication Inter Paddle shift assembly lt vehicles with paddle shift gt Steering wheel assembly Flange nut Driver s air bag module face V C l Driver s air bag module connector e 991827 0 USB Cable Horn connector MB991910 M U T IIl Main Harness Cover e MB992006 Extra Fine Probe REMOVAL SERVICE POINTS lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE J BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Insulating tape Ne eL Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air Battery bag s deployment ACX00583AF MB990784 H B COVER REMOVAL Insert Special tool MB990784 into the notch shown in the fig ure and remove the cover fe AC505865 AC TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 389 DRIVER S AIR BAG MODULE AND CLOCK SPRING Outer housing of the driver s air bag module connector Driver s air bag module connector 4 pin yellow FY
416. stem shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 234 1 48 Front passenger s pre tensioner squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 239 B1C49 Front passenger s pre tensioner squib system squib circuit open P 52B 243 B1C4A Front passenger s pre tensioner squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 249 B210D Battery abnormal low voltage P 52B 255 B212C Open circuit to G1 power supply fuse No 12 circuit P 52B 260 B212D Open circuit to G1 power supply fuse No 18 circuit P 52B 260 B2207 Occupant restraint controller internal 1 P 52B 265 B2208 B2209 B220A Occupant restraint controller internal 2 Occupant restraint controller internal 3 Occupant restraint controller internal 4 P 52B 265 P 52B 265 P 52B 265 B220B Occupant restraint controller firing stored energy TSB Revision P 52B 265 52B 34 Diagnostic trouble Code No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection item Reference page B220C Occupant restraint controller accelerometer 1 P 52B 265 B220D Occupant restraint controller accelerometer 2 P 52B 265 B223D OCM Occupant classification ECU DTC present P 52B 267 U0019 Bus off CAN B P 52B 268 U0141 ETACS CAN timeout P 52B 270 U0154 Occupant classification ECU CAN timeout
417. stic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 STEP 3 Check SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect connectors D 34 and then reconnect them 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Then connect the connector 4 Connect the negative battery terminal 5 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2A out put YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1C2A set because connector C 36 or D 34 was engaged improperly STEP 4 Check the side air bag module LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact press
418. stic trouble code Check if DTC is set to the combination meter Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the combination meter NO Goto Step STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to use Troubleshooting inspection Service Points P 00 15 DTC U0164 A C ECU CAN Timeout A CAUTION e If the DTC U0164 is set be sure to diagnose the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the signal from A C ECU cannot be received the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0164 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if SRS ECU becomes unable to perform the normal data transmission SRS ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective e The A C ECU may be defective e The SRS ECU may be defective DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 USB Cable e M
419. t Insulating tape Battery Battery cable ACX00583AF Front seat assembly Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly Seat cushion cover fixation clip Installation steps Pre installation inspection Front seatback Headrestraint garnish Front seatback assembly Side shield cover Reclining adjuster knob Hinge cover Seat cushion cover fixation clip Front seat assembly Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly 52 20 1 Negative 3 battery cable gt gt B lt lt Post installation inspection gt gt A lt lt 0 9 REMOVAL SERVICE POINT lt lt A gt gt NEGATIVE BATTERY CABLE DISCON NECTION A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 A WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING Disconnect the negative battery cable from the battery and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bag s deployment B FRONT SEATBACK REMOVAL A CAUTION e When replacing the side air bag module replace the front seatback e Never use an electric tester to diagnose the air bag module circuit Never attempt to disassemble the air bag module e Store the removed front seatback in a clean and dry place e When discarding the air bag module discard after deploying the air bag as specified in
420. t YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1BOA 1st squib gt or B1BOE lt 2nd squib gt set replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 5 Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and passenger s front air bag NO TSB Revision 52B 88 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS module connector C 14 Then go to Step 5 STEP 5 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q 15 DTC B1B0A 1st squib gt or B1BOE 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete DTC B1BOB Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 1st squib System Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals DTC B1BOF Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 2nd squib System Short Circuit Between Squib Circuit Terminals Passenger s Front Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU C 37 fa 2 3 4 5 617 819 101112 SSS 1 1314151617181901 203 4 a 7 10 CONNECTOR LOCK Ss CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB C 14 W8G52M032A TSB R
421. t YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the passengers front air bag module Refer to P 52B 393 Then go to Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 74 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the passenger s front air bag module circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 4 Disconnect the connector while sliding the C 14 wiring harness side connector to the direction of the arrow Passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 AC306561BI TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS lt 1st Squib gt C 37 Harness side connector front view Terminal h t m 0 16 inch or me ad sping lt 2nd Q C 37 Harness side connector front view Q Wap Cable tie A 654 Jpsssss Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507302
422. t air bag module 1st squib system P 52B 83 squib circuit open TSB Revision 52B 32 Diagnostic trouble Code No SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Inspection item Reference page B1BOB Passenger s front air bag module 1st squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 88 B1BOC Passenger s front air bag module 2nd squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 71 B1BOD Passenger s front air bag module 2nd squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 77 B1BOE Passenger s front air bag module 2nd squib system squib circuit open P 52B 83 B1BOF Passenger s front air bag module 2nd squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 88 B1B10 Driver s knee air bag module squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 95 B1B11 Driver s knee air bag module squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply P 52B 100 B1B12 Driver s knee air bag module squib system squib circuit open P 52B 105 B1B13 Driver s knee air bag module squib system short circuit between squib circuit terminals P 52B 110 B1B18 Curtain air bag module LH squib system shorted to squib circuit ground P 52B 116 B1B19 Curtain air bag module LH squib system shorted to squib circuit power supply
423. t I I I I I I 48 49 56 5 7158 A lt j CONNECTOR ON LOCK SWITCH NOTE CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF CONNECTOR Le SWITCH CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB LH F 28 CONNECTOR LOCK W8G52M034A Connector C 36 aoe Connector D 1 5 c D 08951 0 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 129 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS Connector F 28 708970 A CAUTION If DTC B1B1A is set in the SRS ECU always diag nose the CAN main bus line CIRCUIT OPERATION e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is by detecting signals from the side impact sensors installed on the lower side of the center pillar If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the side collision safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the curtain air bag module LH to inflate the curtain air bag DTC SET CONDITIONS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance between the input terminals of the curtain air bag module LH squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Open circuit in the curtain air bag module LH squib circuit e Improper connector contact e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Specia
424. t deployment handling instructions If the side air bag module fails to deploy do not go near the module 10 At a location as far away from the vehicle as possible disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to deploy the side air bag 11 After deployment dispose of the front seatback assembly side air bag module according to the Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 DEPLOYMENT INSIDE THE VEHICLE WHEN DISPOSING OF A VEHICLE lt CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE gt 1 Move the vehicle to an isolated spot A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cables before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 Z WARNING attery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 2 Disconnect the negative and positive battery cables from the battery terminals and then remove the battery from the vehicle 3 Remove the headlining Refer to GROUP 52A Headlining P 52A 17 TSB Revision Rear floor wiring harness side connector 2 pin black Flat tipped screwdriver SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 425 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE Locking button Connection Deployment wires gt AC103480A
425. t special tool MB991866 into clock spring harness side connector C 208 terminal No 3 and 4 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 2 and 1 lt 2nd squib gt by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal CAUTION Always DTC B1B06 is set when checking DTC B1B01 This is because the second side terminal is isolated when checking it DTC B1B06 is set but this is not a fault In addition always DTC B1B02 is set when checking DTC B1B05 because the first side terminal is isolated 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is the checked DTC set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the clock spring Refer to P 52B 386 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 54 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the driver s air bag module circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 37 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 37 SRS ECU connector AC506734 AD A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the clock spring connector C 208 A CAUTION 6 57 Harness side Insert an insulator such as a cab
426. tch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1B02 and B1B06 are set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags deployment gt gt B lt lt CLOCK SPRING INSTALLATION 1 Check that the front wheels are at the straight ahead position A CAUTION e If the center of the clock spring is not correctly aligned the steering wheel may not be turned fully or the cable inside the clock spring may be broken causing the SRS air bag to be inoperative or operated incorrectly e When aligning the clock spring neutral position mark perform with the clock spring independently If per formed with the steering wheel sensor installed the steering wheel sensor may be damaged 2 Align the mating marks of the clock spring TSB Revision
427. tensioner LH Side impact sensor RH Seat belt switch L Passenger s side 2 Seat belt pre tensioner RH Side airbag module LH Side airbag module RH Curtain air bag module LH Note Connector lock switch Connector connected ON Connector disconnected OFF Curtain air bag module RH AC708943AB TSB Revision 52B 10 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION SRS AIR BAG SPECIAL CONNECTOR A A A E io Curtain air bag module RH 1 Side airbag module RH A A N N Seat belt with pre tensioner RH Passenger s front air bag module SRS ECU Clock spring Driver s air bag module A Seat belt with pre tensioner LH Driver s knee air bag module Side airbag module LH La Curtain air bag module LH A AC607646 AD To enhance the system reliability a connector short circuiting mechanism is integrated in the SRS ECU connector air bag module connectors clock spring connector pre tensioner con nectors and intermediate connector between curtain air bag module and SRS ECU black connector A shown in the fig ure TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION SQUIB CIRCUIT CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH SRS ECU connector Partition panel This mechanism prevents the improper deployment e of air bag module because of
428. terminal 2 Disconnect the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 3 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector Lock lever 4 Measure the resistance between terminal 55 58 and body ground No B1B54 only It should be an open circuit C 36 Harness side connector front view 464544443424 1 40 3938 37 36 35 34 33 3213 1 521515049 6216116059159157 56 55 5453 AC608812GB 5 Measure the voltage between terminal 55 58 and body ground No B1B55 only Voltage should measure 0 voltage C 36 Harness side connector front view 46 45444434244140 3938 37 36 35 34 33 32131 Q Is the check result normal YES Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 4 162 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 5 155049484 7 t m 1 Y AC608813CD STEP 4 Check the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 55 and 58 and the seat belt buckle switch passenger s side connector D 37 terminal No 1 and 2 No B1B56 only Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 55 and 58
429. termines the air bag deploy e The wiring harness or connectors may have ment based on this classified information and con loose corroded or damaged terminals or termi trols the power supply circuit to the inflator nals pushed back in the connector DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 327 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set
430. the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 97 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the Knee air bag module 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect knee air bag module connector C 39 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the Se a harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two on Pre tensioner stages and then disconnect the connector E m Harness side Flat tipped screwdriver N AC609126AC 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 DEFY easter ee erence 4 Connect special tool MB991884 to the C 39 harness side connector 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1B10 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the driver s knee air b
431. the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 10 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness A CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminal 39 40 and the short spring to release the short spring C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie 32 mn n L2 C3 85 C3 c3 D c3 SON OO OO ee E H Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507303 BZ N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D 10 interme diate connector front side directly as the connector con tact pressure may be weakened 5 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 39 and the intermediate connector D 10 terminal No 2 e SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 40 and the intermediate connector D 10 terminal No 1 D 10 Intermediate connector Curtain air bag harness side rear view C 36 Harness side connector front view 16145 DEENA
432. the current application e to the squib due to the static electricity when connec tors between SRS ECU and air bag modules squibs are disconnected When the connector is e disconnected the short spring short circuits the power supply side terminal and ground side terminal Wiring harness side connector Wiring harness side connector terminal to short circuit C3 c3 ca 000000000000 0000000000000000 000000000000 Short spring Partition panel SRS ECU side connector SRS ECU connector Connector between the clock spring and body side wiring harness 52B 11 Connector connected Terminal to short circuit Short spring wiring harness side connector AC507316 AC e Each air bag module connector Each pre tensioner connector e Intermediate connector between curtain air bag of squibs and prevents the static electricity from generating the potential difference This connector mechanism is adopted for the following connectors TSB Revision module and SRS ECU 52B 12 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS GENERAL INFORMATION CONFIGURATION DIAGRAMS ENGINE ROOM FLOOR AND ROOF LUGGAGE AC708936 AB A 46 Y Front impact sensor LH C 14 Y Passenger s Front air bag module A 52 Y Front impact sensor RH C 36 Y SRS
433. the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib TROUBLESHOOTING HITS e Improper connector contact e Open circuit in the driver s seat belt pre tensioner squib circuit e Malfunction of the SRS ECU DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 224 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line N CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set
434. the service proce dure Refer to P 52B 417 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 407 SIDE AIRBAG MODULE S INSTALLATION SERVICE POINTS gt gt A lt lt PRE INSTALLATION INSPECTION A WARNING Dispose of side air bag modules only according to the specified procedure Refer to P 52B 417 1 When installing the new side air bag modules refer to INSPECTION 52 408 2 Connect the negative battery cable A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 3 Connect scan tool MB991958 to the data link connector 4 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 5 Check DTCs using scan tool MB991958 to ensure entire SRS operates properly At this time check that no DTC except B1C29 B1C2D are set A DANGER Wait at least 60 seconds after disconnecting the bat tery cable before doing any further work Refer to P 52B 25 WARNING Battery posts terminals and related accessories con tain lead and lead compounds WASH HANDS AFTER gt HANDLING MB991827 Porras 6 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Disconnect the negative battery cable and tape the terminal to prevent accidental connection and air bags deployment gt gt B lt lt POST INSTALLATIO
435. the voltage between C 36 harness side connector terminals 31 32 and body ground Voltage should measure 0 volt C 36 Harness side connector front view Q Is the measured voltage 0 volt YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C28 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 6 NO Goto Step 5 146 45 4443 4214140139138 37 363534333 2212 t I I I I 62 61 60 5958 5756 551545352 5150 yey AC608813BH STEP 5 Check the harness wires for short circuit to power supply between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1C28 set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SY
436. tion Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 2 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Check the weight sensor Replace weight sensor Check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC U1419 U141A U141B U141C U1423 set YES Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 NO The procedure is complete TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHART A CAUTION During diagnosis a DTC code associated with another system may be set when the ignition switch is turned on with connector s disconnected After completing the repair confirm all systems for DTC code s If DTC code s are set erase them all M1524003401186 Symptom Inspection procedure No Reference page Communication between the scan tool and the 1 P 52B 358 SRS ECU is not possible Power supply circuit system 2 52 359 SRS warning light does not illuminate 3 P 52B 362 The SRS warning light does not go out 4 P 52B 365 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 92B 358 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SYMPTOM PROCEDURES Inspection procedure 1 Communication between the Scan Tool and the SRS ECU is not possible TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION COMMENT TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS THE MOST If the scan tool M U T III Sub A
437. tion is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 M1524005000523 SRS warning light in the combination meter alerts a malfunction of the SRS system If the following symptoms occur even when the vehicle has not been in a collision there may be a malfunction in the SRS system e The SRS warning light does not go off within approximately seven seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position The SRS warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position Refer to Post collision Diagnosis when inspecting and servicing a vehicle that has been in a collision Refer to P 52B 371 M1524003100892 5 If there is a SRS DTC record the code number then erase the code from vehicle memory using scan tool M U T IIl Sub Assembly MB991958 6 Recreate the SRS DTC set conditions to see if the same SRS DTC will be set again e f the same SRS DTC is set again follow the Inspection Chart for the DTC and find the fault e f you cannot get the same SRS DTC to be set again the malfunction is intermittent Refer to GROUP 00 How to Use Troubleshooting Inspection Service Points How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunctions P 00 15 DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION HOW TO CONNECT THE SCAN TOOL M U T III Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehi
438. tion of the SRS ECU TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 229 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS NOTE The squib circuit connectors integrate a short spring which prevents the seat belt pre ten sioner from deploying unintentionally due to static electricity by shorting the positive wire to the ground wire in the squib circuit when the connectors are dis connected Refer to P 52B 3 Therefore if connec tor C 36 or D 25 is damaged or improperly engaged the short spring may not be released when the con nector is connected DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 e MB991827 USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991884 Resister harness STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis
439. tionally disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module LH connector D 34 N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 31 32 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Check for continuity between C 36 harness side connector terminals 31 and 32 It should be an open circuit Q Is it open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1C2A sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 52 195 STEP 6 Check the harness wires for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 terminal No 31 and 32 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 36 and side air bag module LH connector D 34 Then go to Step 7 STEP 7 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the D
440. to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 206 SRS AIR DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the side air bag module RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 MB991865 MB991866 Dummy resistor 3 Q Resistor harness N CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure be Harness side weakened SS connector 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 36 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal D 36 Side airbag 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the module RH connector 507310 diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2D set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the front seatback
441. tor C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Cable tie 4 mm 0 16 inch or more C 36 Harness side connector front view a a gels aaa viacfssiseioriselselsa aal 8 558575655545352151 0494847 a 62 6 1 608813 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the seat belt pre tensioner from deploying unintentionally disconnect the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 to short the squib cir cuit 3 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector A CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between ter
442. tor 4 Connector the negative battery terminal 5 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C4A set YES Go to Step 4 NO The procedure is complete It is assumed that DTC B1C4A set because connector C 36 or D 40 was engaged improperly TSB Revision 52B 252 Lock lever H Harness side connector N Flat tipped screwdriver SZ Locking G button 2 _ _ AC609576AB 991884 MB991865 Resistor harness Dummy resistor 30 D 40 Harness side connector AC301553CC SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 4 Check the passenger s seat belt pre tensioner 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector 3 Disconnect passenger s seat belt pre tensioner connector D 40 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 4 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991884 5 Connect special tool MB991884 to the D 40 harness side connector 6 Connect the negative battery terminal 7 Erase diagnostic tr
443. tor AC507310 AW Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal G LL Lr 6253 IL cc Cable tie Short sprin ore P 9 ACS073 4 mm 0 16 inch or m 03CA 52B 181 STEP 3 Check the side air bag module LH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module LH connector D 34 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 34 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C27 set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 6 STEP 4 Check the side air bag module LH circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module LH connecto
444. uib gt and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt Q Are the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 7 and 8 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 11 and 12 lt 2nd squib gt and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 terminal No 2 and 1 lt 1st squib gt or terminal No 4 and 3 lt 2nd squib gt in good condition YES Go to Step 6 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and passenger s front air bag module connector C 14 Then go to Step 6 STEP 6 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is DTC B1B08 1st squib gt B1B0C 2nd squib gt set YES Return to Step 1 NO The procedure is complete TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 77 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC 1 09 Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 1st squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply DTC B1BO0D Passenger s Front Air Bag Module 2nd squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Power Supply Passenger s Front Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 s a 2 3 4 5 e 7 8 9 1011112 I J 13114115116 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a a
445. uired Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly MB991824 Vehicle Communication Interface V C 1 MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN Communication System e MB991865 Dummy resistor e MB991866 Resister harness TSB Revision 52B 148 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS MB991827 AC608435 AB SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 1 Connect scan tool MB991958 Refer to How to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 2 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 3 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 H
446. ule 2nd squib System Shorted to Squib Circuit Ground Passenger s Front Air Bag Module Squib Circuit SRS ECU 6 37 s a 2 3 4 5 e 7 8 9 1011112 I J 13114115116 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 a a NOTE CONNECTOR LOCK SWITCH CONNECTOR COUPLED ON CONNECTOR UNCOUPLED OFF PASSENGER S FRONT AIR BAG MODULE SQUIB W8G52M032A J 708951 CAUTION CIRCUIT OPERATION If DTC B1B08 1st squib or B1B0C 2nd squib gt e The SRS ECU judges how severe a collision is is set in the SRS ECU always diagnose the CAN by detecting signals from the front impact sensors main bus line and the front air bag analog G sensor If the impact is over a predetermined level the SRS ECU sends an ignition signal At this time if the front air bag safing G sensor is on the SRS air bag will inflate e The ignition signal is input to the air bag module to inflate the air bag TSB Revision 52B 72 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS DTC SET CONDITIONS TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS This DTC is set if there is abnormal resistance e Damaged harness wires and connectors between the input terminals of the passenger s e Short to the ground in the passenger s front air front air bag module squib bag module squib harness e Malfunction of the S
447. unication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION When the signals from radio and CD player or CD changer cannot be received the occupant classifica tion ECU sets the DTC U0184 Replace the slide adjuster RH Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 JUDGMENT CRITERIA Because of the CAN B bus circuit malfunction if occupant classification ECU becomes unable to per form the normal data transmission occupant classifi cation ECU determines that an abnormality is present TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS e The CAN bus line may be defective e The radio and CD player or CD changer may be defective e The occupant classification ECU may be defec tive DIAGNOSIS Required Special Tools MB991958 Scan Tool M U T Il Sub Assembly e MB991824 Vehicles Communication Interface e MB991827 M U T III USB Cable e MB991910 M U T III Main Harness A Vehicles with CAN communication system TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 351 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 1 Using scan tool MB991958 diagnose the CAN bus line A CAUTION To prevent damage to scan tool MB991958 always turn the Nut ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position before con necting or disconnecting scan tool MB991958 ut 1 Connect scan too
448. unintentionally disconnect the curtain air bag module connector F 28 to short the squib circuit 2 Disconnect curtain air bag module LH F 28 Use a flat tipped screwdriver to unlock the locking button at the harness side connector by withdrawing it toward you in two stages and then disconnect the connector 3 Disconnect the D 15 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness 4 Because the short spring is installed to the D 15 intermediate connector curtain air bag harness side insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring 5 Connect special tool MB991884 to the removed F 28 harness side connector N CAUTION Do not insert a probe into the terminal from D 15 interme diate connector front side directly as the connector con tact pressure may be weakened 6 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e Intermediate connector D 15 terminal No 1 and resis tor harness connector terminal No 2 e Intermediate connector D 15 terminal No 2 and resis tor harness connector terminal No 1 Q Does continuity exist YES Replace the curtain air bag module squib Refer to P 52B 409 TSB Revision E SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52 134 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS NO Repair the wiring harness STEP 6 Re
449. ure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 34 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2A set YES Go to Step 5 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 7 TSB Revision 52B 194 Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal 1 X 000000000 v EJ G OS LJ EJ EJ os pm A cc AA Cable tie hort sprin 4 mm 0 16 inch or more pn 9 36 5 connector front view al v a 5 3 4214 10139138137136 35 O a 2 2161 605558 5756 5154535251 04415 AC608812GE SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Check the side air bag module LH circuit Measure the resistance at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying uninten
450. ure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector D 10 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect the D 10 intermediate connector connection between curtain air bag harness and floor harness A CAUTION The short spring may not be released due to the insuffi cient insertion Therefore insert the insulator for 4 mm 0 6 inch or more Co eee 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch connector front view thick between terminal 39 40 and the short spring to release the short spring Cable tie Terminal 5 Connect the negative battery terminal A A nnan 6 Ignition switch ON L2 C3 85 C3 c3 D c3 ooo 2 ea e Short spring 4 mm 0 16 inch or more AC507303 BZ 7 Measure the voltage between the C 36 wiring harness side connector terminal No 39 40 and body ground 6 Voltage should measure 0 volt Q C 36 Harness side connector front view oL 646454414342 41 Q Is the measured 0 volt YES Go to Step 6 NO Repair the wiring harness x 37 36 35 34 33132
451. vent sudden unexpected deployment of the air bag module NOTE This prevents the air bags from being unintentionally deployed because of the static and others 4 Connect the special tool MB992102 to the driver s air bag module 5 To the torx screw installation hole located at the backside of air bag module tie a thick wire for fixing the wheel 6 Route the deployment wires connected to the driver s air bag module beneath an old tire and wheel assembly Then using the wire tied to the bolt secure the driver s air bag module to the tire and wheel assembly with the deployment surface facing up TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 429 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE 7 Place three old tires without wheels on the tire secured with Old tires the driver s air bag module Deployment wires ACX00610AE Z WARNING Before deployment check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the deployment so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from air bag deployment See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt Pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 for post deployment handling instructions e f the air bag fails to deploy do not go near the module 8 At a location
452. w Terminal Section Cable tie A A Short spring ore AC507303 4 mm 0 16 inch or m SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Check the side air bag module RH 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 3 Connect special tool MB991865 to special tool MB991866 A CAUTION Do not insert a test probe into the terminal from its front side directly as the connector contact pressure may be weakened 4 Insert special tool MB991866 into the D 36 harness side connector by backprobing 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code Q Is DTC B1C2C set YES Go to Step 4 NO Replace the front seatback Refer to GROUP 52A Front Seat Assembly P 52A 24 Then go to Step 5 STEP 4 Check the side air bag module RH circuit Measure the voltage at the SRS ECU connector C 36 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the side air bag module RH connector D 36 to short the squib circuit 3 Disconnect side air bag module RH connector D 36 A CAUTION Insert an
453. w to connect the scan tool P 52B 28 SE lt 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position gt 15 the CAN bus line found to be normal MB991910 jf YES Go to Step 2 N NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis 54 14 MB991827 AC608435 AB STEP 2 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check that the DTC is set in the occupant classification ECU Q Is the DTC set YES Diagnose the occupant classification ECU Refer to P 52B 297 NO Goto Step 3 TSB Revision 52B 268 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 3 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set to the SRS ECU 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch from LOCK OFF position to ON position 3 Check if DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES NO DTC U0019 Bus Off CAN B A CAUTION e If the DTC U0019 is set be sure to diagnose the CAN main bus line e When replacing the ECU always check that the communication circuit is normal DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION If the CAN B circuit malfunction occurs the SRS ECU sets the DTC U0019 Replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector
454. weak ened 4 Insert the probe of resistor harness to which the dummy resistor is installed from the back of D 15 intermediate connector floor harness side 5 Connect the negative battery terminal 6 After erasing the diagnostic trouble code memory check the diagnostic trouble code again Q Is DTC B1B1B set YES Go to Step 5 NO Goto Step 6 TSB Revision 52B 138 Lock lever C 36 Harness side connector front view Terminal Section Cable tie A A Ooc oo0 ooooooooooo mE c3 Jo Short spring re A 4 mm 0 16 inch or mo C 36 Harness side connector front view JB o e s Pi 45144143 ror 40 39 38 37 36 351341 33132 baleieosoy 4 se55545352 5 0494847 AC608812FL SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 5 Resistance measurement at the C 36 SRS ECU connector 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 While pushing the part A indicated in the figure of the harness side connector turn the lock lever to the direction of the arrow to release the lock lever and disconnect the C 36 SRS ECU connector A DANGER To prevent the air bag from deploying unintentionally disconnect the intermediate connector
455. wheel on top without M wheels X Connection gt Deployment wires 7 Deployment Seat belt wires A WARNING e Before operation check carefully to be sure that no one is nearby e The inflator will be quite hot immediately following the operation so wait at least 30 minutes to allow it to cool before attempting to handle it Although not poisonous do not inhale gas from seat belt pre tensioner operation See Deployed Air Bag Module and Operated Seat Belt pre tensioner Dis posal Refer to P 52B 416 for post operation han dling instructions e f the seat belt pre tensioner fails to operate do not go near the seat belt pre tensioner 7 At a location as far away from the seat belt pre tensioner as possible and from a shielded position disconnect the two connected wires from each other and connect them to the two terminals of the battery which has been removed from the vehicle to operate the seat belt pre tensioner 8 Discard the operated seat belt pre tensioner as specified in Deployed Air Bag Module and Seat Belt pre tensioner Disposal Refer to P 52B 439 Deployment wires p Vehicle battery AC004294 AF TSB Revision Strong plastic bag l ACX00613AL SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 439 AIR BAG MODULE AND SEAT BELT PRE TENSIONER DISPOSAL PROCEDURE _ Air bag module DEPLOYED AIR BAG MODULE AND OPERATED
456. witch to the ON position 3 Diagnose the CAN bus line 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the CAN bus line found to be normal YES Go to Step 8 NO Repair the CAN bus line Refer to GROUP 54C Diagnosis P 54C 14 STEP 8 Recheck for diagnostic trouble code Check again if the DTC is set 1 Erase the DTC 2 Turn the ignition switch to ON position 3 Check if the DTC is set 4 Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK OFF position Q Is the DTC set YES Go to Step 9 NO There is an intermittent malfunction such as poor engaged connector s or open circuit Refer to GROUP 00 How to Cope with Intermittent Malfunction P 00 15 TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 339 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS STEP 9 Check the harness for open circuit between occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 terminal No 21 and the ETACS ECU connector C 315 terminal No 4 1 Disconnect the negative battery terminal 2 Disconnect occupant classification ECU connector D 39 2 C 315 D 39 2 Harness side Harness side connector connector front view front view NO AC608812HB 3 Disconnect the ETACS ECU connector C 315 4 Check for continuity between the following terminals It should be less than 2 ohms e occupant classification ECU
457. wo stages and then disconnect the connector N CAUTION Insert an insulator such as a cable tie to a depth of 4mm 0 16 inch or more otherwise the short spring will not be released 4 Insert a cable tie 3 mm 0 12 inch wide 0 5 mm 0 02 inch thick between terminals 1 2 and the short spring to release the short spring TSB Revision SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 52B 115 SRS AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS 5 Check for continuity between C 37 harness side connector terminals 1 and 2 It should be an open circuit C 37 Harness side connector front view Q Is open circuit YES Erase the diagnostic trouble code memory and check the diagnostic trouble code If DTC B1B13 sets replace the SRS ECU Refer to P 52B 383 Then go to Step 7 NO Goto Step 6 21110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 m m a 1 2 1 817161 54 608812 STEP 6 Check the harness for short circuit between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 35 and 36 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 Q Are harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 terminal No 1 and 2 and knee air bag module connector C 39 terminal No 2 and 1 in good condition YES Go to Step 7 NO Replace the harness wires between SRS ECU connector C 37 and knee air bag module connector C 39 Then go to Step 7 S
458. xt 10 The start of 0 Ibs system test 11 The execution check of the 0 Ibs system test TSB Revision SUPPLEMEN FR 52B 380 MUTII Web Web Page Dialog Olbs System Test Test passed All procedure is completed Please erase stored DTCS set during the test in OCM and SRS AIR BAG AC710651AB TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS ONT IMPACT SENSORS 12 The 0 Ibs system test has been completed when the screen as shown in the illustration is displayed FRONT IMPACT SENSORS REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION AN WARNING M1524001501198 e Never repair or disassemble the front impact sensor If faulty replace it e Handle the front impact sensors very carefully taking care not to drop them They must be replaced if they are dropped e Replace the sensors with new ones after the air bag has deployed Pre removal Operation e Turn the ignition key to the LOCK OFF position 12 x 1 Nm 102 13 in Ib Removal steps 57 amp 7 3 it re p NS if B eed W es AC709459 AB Installation steps Continued lt lt A gt gt 1 Negative J battery cable 3 Front impact sensor connector e Headlight support panel cover 2 Airbag sensor bracket Refer to Group 51 Front Bumper e Headlight support panel cover Assembly and Radiator Grille Refer to Group 51 Front Bumper P 51 3 Assembly and Radiator Grille 2 Airbag sensor bracket

P.52B-386 - Evo X Service Manuals

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents